1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
30 #include "blockinput.h"
31 #include "syssignal.h"
33 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
34 if this is not done before the other system files. */
36 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
38 /* If we have Xfixes extension, use it for pointer blanking. */
40 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
43 /* Using Xft implies that XRender is available. */
45 #include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
48 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
49 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
51 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
61 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
62 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
65 #include "character.h"
68 #include "dispextern.h"
70 #include "termhooks.h"
73 #include "emacs-icon.h"
78 #include "intervals.h"
83 #include "xsettings.h"
85 #include "sysselect.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
97 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
101 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
102 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
106 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
108 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
109 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
111 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
114 #if defined USE_MOTIF
115 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
116 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
117 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
123 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
124 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
125 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
126 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
128 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
129 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
130 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
131 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
133 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
137 #ifndef XtNinitialState
138 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
142 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
145 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
148 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
152 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
155 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
158 static bool any_help_event_p
;
160 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
163 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
167 /* The application context for Xt use. */
168 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
169 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
171 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
172 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
174 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
176 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
177 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
178 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
180 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
182 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
184 static int x_noop_count
;
187 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
188 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
191 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
192 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
196 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
201 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
202 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
203 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
204 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
206 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
207 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
208 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
210 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
211 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
212 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
213 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
214 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
217 static void x_free_cr_resources (struct frame
*);
218 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
219 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
220 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
221 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
222 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
223 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
225 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
226 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
227 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
, int);
228 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
229 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
230 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
232 static void x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
233 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
234 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
236 static bool x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
237 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
238 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
239 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, bool);
240 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
241 const XEvent
*, int *,
242 struct input_event
*);
243 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
244 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
246 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
247 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
248 static void x_initialize (void);
250 static bool get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*, Window
, int *, bool *);
252 /* Flush display of frame F. */
255 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
257 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
258 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
259 connection may be broken. */
260 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
264 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
269 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
270 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
271 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
272 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
273 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
276 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
279 /***********************************************************************
281 ***********************************************************************/
285 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
286 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
294 struct record event_record
[100];
296 int event_record_index
;
299 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
301 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
302 event_record_index
= 0;
304 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
305 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
306 event_record_index
++;
313 #define FRAME_CR_CONTEXT(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_context)
314 #define FRAME_CR_SURFACE(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_surface)
316 static struct x_gc_ext_data
*
317 x_gc_get_ext_data (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int create_if_not_found_p
)
319 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
321 XExtData
**head
, *ext_data
;
324 head
= XEHeadOfExtensionList (object
);
325 ext_data
= XFindOnExtensionList (head
, dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
);
326 if (ext_data
== NULL
)
328 if (!create_if_not_found_p
)
332 ext_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (*ext_data
));
333 ext_data
->number
= dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
;
334 ext_data
->private_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct x_gc_ext_data
));
335 XAddToExtensionList (head
, ext_data
);
338 return (struct x_gc_ext_data
*) ext_data
->private_data
;
342 x_extension_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
344 XExtCodes
*ext_codes
= XAddExtension (dpyinfo
->display
);
346 dpyinfo
->ext_codes
= ext_codes
;
350 x_cr_destroy_surface (struct frame
*f
)
352 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
354 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
355 cairo_surface_destroy (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
356 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = 0;
357 if (cr
) cairo_destroy (cr
);
358 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
363 x_begin_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
365 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
370 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
372 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
373 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
375 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
376 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
),
377 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
));
378 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
379 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
382 cr
= cairo_create (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
383 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
389 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
391 if (gc_ext
&& gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
)
395 for (i
= 0; i
< gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
; i
++)
396 cairo_rectangle (cr
, gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].x
,
397 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].y
,
398 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].width
,
399 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].height
);
408 x_end_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
)
410 cairo_restore (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
));
414 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
419 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
420 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.foreground
;
421 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
422 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
423 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
427 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
432 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
433 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.background
;
434 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
435 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
436 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
439 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
441 static int max_fringe_bmp
= 0;
442 static cairo_pattern_t
**fringe_bmp
= 0;
445 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap (int which
, unsigned short *bits
, int h
, int wd
)
448 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
450 cairo_pattern_t
*pattern
;
452 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
455 max_fringe_bmp
= which
+ 20;
456 fringe_bmp
= (cairo_pattern_t
**) xrealloc (fringe_bmp
, max_fringe_bmp
* sizeof (cairo_pattern_t
*));
457 while (i
< max_fringe_bmp
)
463 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
, wd
, h
);
464 stride
= cairo_image_surface_get_stride (surface
);
465 data
= cairo_image_surface_get_data (surface
);
467 for (i
= 0; i
< h
; i
++)
469 *((unsigned short *) data
) = bits
[i
];
473 cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface
);
474 pattern
= cairo_pattern_create_for_surface (surface
);
475 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
479 fringe_bmp
[which
] = pattern
;
483 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap (int which
)
485 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
488 if (fringe_bmp
[which
])
491 cairo_pattern_destroy (fringe_bmp
[which
]);
494 fringe_bmp
[which
] = 0;
498 x_cr_draw_image (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, cairo_pattern_t
*image
,
499 int src_x
, int src_y
, int width
, int height
,
500 int dest_x
, int dest_y
, bool overlay_p
)
503 cairo_matrix_t matrix
;
504 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
505 cairo_format_t format
;
507 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
509 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
512 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
513 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
514 cairo_fill_preserve (cr
);
517 cairo_matrix_init_translate (&matrix
, src_x
- dest_x
, src_y
- dest_y
);
518 cairo_pattern_set_matrix (image
, &matrix
);
519 cairo_pattern_get_surface (image
, &surface
);
520 format
= cairo_image_surface_get_format (surface
);
521 if (format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A8
&& format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
)
523 cairo_set_source (cr
, image
);
528 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
529 cairo_mask (cr
, image
);
535 x_cr_draw_frame (cairo_t
*cr
, struct frame
*f
)
539 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
540 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
542 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
543 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
544 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
545 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
546 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
549 static cairo_status_t
550 x_cr_accumulate_data (void *closure
, const unsigned char *data
,
553 Lisp_Object
*acc
= (Lisp_Object
*) closure
;
555 *acc
= Fcons (make_unibyte_string ((char const *) data
, length
), *acc
);
557 return CAIRO_STATUS_SUCCESS
;
561 x_cr_destroy (Lisp_Object arg
)
563 cairo_t
*cr
= (cairo_t
*) XSAVE_POINTER (arg
, 0);
571 x_cr_export_frames (Lisp_Object frames
, cairo_surface_type_t surface_type
)
574 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
577 void (*surface_set_size_func
) (cairo_surface_t
*, double, double) = NULL
;
578 Lisp_Object acc
= Qnil
;
579 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
583 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
584 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
585 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
586 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
589 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE
590 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PDF
)
592 surface
= cairo_pdf_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
594 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_pdf_surface_set_size
;
598 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
599 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
600 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_RGB24
, width
, height
);
603 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE
604 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PS
)
606 surface
= cairo_ps_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
608 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_ps_surface_set_size
;
612 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE
613 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_SVG
)
614 surface
= cairo_svg_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
620 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
621 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
622 record_unwind_protect (x_cr_destroy
, make_save_ptr (cr
));
630 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
631 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
632 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
633 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
634 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
641 cairo_surface_show_page (surface
);
642 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
643 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
644 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
645 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
646 if (surface_set_size_func
)
647 (*surface_set_size_func
) (surface
, width
, height
);
651 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
652 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
655 cairo_surface_flush (surface
);
656 cairo_surface_write_to_png_stream (surface
, x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
);
660 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
662 return CALLN (Fapply
, intern ("concat"), Fnreverse (acc
));
665 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
668 x_free_cr_resources (struct frame
*f
)
673 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
674 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
675 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
676 x_free_cr_resources (XFRAME (frame
));
680 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
684 cairo_surface_t
*surface
= cairo_get_target (cr
);
686 if (cairo_surface_get_type (surface
) == CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_XLIB
)
689 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
697 x_set_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, XRectangle
*rectangles
, int n
)
699 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, rectangles
, n
, Unsorted
);
701 eassert (n
>= 0 && n
<= MAX_CLIP_RECTS
);
704 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 1);
706 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= n
;
707 memcpy (gc_ext
->clip_rects
, rectangles
, sizeof (XRectangle
) * n
);
713 x_reset_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
715 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, None
);
718 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
721 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= 0;
727 x_fill_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
732 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
733 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
734 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
738 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
739 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
744 x_draw_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
749 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
750 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
751 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5, width
, height
);
752 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
756 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
757 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
762 x_clear_window (struct frame
*f
)
767 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
768 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
772 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
778 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
779 int width
, int height
, int top_p
)
783 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
784 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
785 cairo_move_to (cr
, top_p
? x
: x
+ height
, y
);
786 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
, y
+ height
);
787 cairo_line_to (cr
, top_p
? x
+ width
- height
: x
+ width
, y
+ height
);
788 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
+ width
, y
);
795 CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
, /* 0 -> pi/2 */
796 CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
, /* pi/2 -> pi */
797 CORNER_TOP_LEFT
, /* pi -> 3pi/2 */
798 CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
, /* 3pi/2 -> 2pi */
803 x_erase_corners_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
804 int width
, int height
,
805 double radius
, double margin
, int corners
)
810 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
811 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
812 for (i
= 0; i
< CORNER_LAST
; i
++)
813 if (corners
& (1 << i
))
815 double xm
, ym
, xc
, yc
;
817 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
)
818 xm
= x
- margin
, xc
= xm
+ radius
;
820 xm
= x
+ width
+ margin
, xc
= xm
- radius
;
821 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
)
822 ym
= y
- margin
, yc
= ym
+ radius
;
824 ym
= y
+ height
+ margin
, yc
= ym
- radius
;
826 cairo_move_to (cr
, xm
, ym
);
827 cairo_arc (cr
, xc
, yc
, radius
, i
* M_PI_2
, (i
+ 1) * M_PI_2
);
830 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
836 x_draw_horizontal_wave (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
837 int width
, int height
, int wave_length
)
840 double dx
= wave_length
, dy
= height
- 1;
843 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
844 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
845 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
850 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2);
852 xoffset
= wave_length
* 2;
855 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2) + wave_length
* 2;
856 n
= (width
+ xoffset
) / wave_length
+ 1;
857 if (xoffset
> wave_length
)
859 xoffset
-= wave_length
;
865 cairo_move_to (cr
, x
- xoffset
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5);
868 cairo_rel_line_to (cr
, dx
, dy
);
871 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
878 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
880 struct x_display_info
*
881 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
883 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
885 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
886 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
893 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
895 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
896 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
897 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
899 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
903 unsigned int nchildren
;
906 if (XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
))
915 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
918 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
920 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
921 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
922 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
924 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
928 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
933 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
934 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
935 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
936 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
940 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
942 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
945 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
947 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
949 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
950 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
951 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
952 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
954 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
956 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
957 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
958 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
960 /* return unless necessary */
965 unsigned long n
, left
;
967 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
968 0, 1, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
969 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
972 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
974 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
984 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
985 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
986 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
990 /***********************************************************************
991 Starting and ending an update
992 ***********************************************************************/
994 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
995 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
996 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
997 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
998 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
1001 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
1004 if (! NILP (tip_frame
) && XFRAME (tip_frame
) == f
1005 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1008 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1012 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1014 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1015 width
= gdk_window_get_width (w
);
1016 height
= gdk_window_get_height (w
);
1021 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1022 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1023 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1024 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1025 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1026 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1029 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
1032 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = cairo_image_surface_create
1033 (CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32
, width
, height
);
1037 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1040 /* Start update of window W. */
1043 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
1045 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1046 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
1048 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
1052 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
1054 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
1055 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= true;
1057 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
1059 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
1060 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1067 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
1070 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
1072 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1075 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
1077 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1081 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1083 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
1084 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
1088 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
1091 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
1093 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1094 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
1095 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1096 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1097 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1098 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
1099 ? face_first
->foreground
1100 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1101 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
1102 ? face_last
->foreground
1103 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1104 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1106 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
1109 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1110 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1111 x0
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1112 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1113 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1114 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
1115 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1116 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1117 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1119 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
1122 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1123 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1124 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, 1);
1125 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1126 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1127 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
1128 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1129 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1130 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
1134 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1135 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1136 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
1140 /* End update of window W.
1142 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
1143 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
1145 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
1146 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
1147 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
1149 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
1150 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
1154 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
1155 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1157 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1162 display_and_set_cursor (w
, true,
1163 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
1164 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
1166 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, true))
1168 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
1169 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
1171 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
1177 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
1178 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
1179 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1181 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
1183 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
1184 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
1185 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1190 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
1194 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
1196 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
1197 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= false;
1200 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1204 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (HAVE_GTK3)
1205 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1207 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1208 cr
= gdk_cairo_create (w
);
1213 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
1214 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1215 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1216 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1217 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1218 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1219 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1220 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
1222 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
1225 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
1226 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
1229 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
), 0, 0);
1234 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1238 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
1244 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
1245 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
1248 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
1251 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
1255 /* Clear under internal border if any (GTK has its own version). */
1258 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
1260 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
1262 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1263 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1264 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1265 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
1268 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
1269 x_clear_area (f
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
1270 x_clear_area (f
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
1271 x_clear_area (f
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
1277 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
1278 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
1279 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
1280 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
1281 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
1284 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
1288 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1289 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= true;
1291 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1292 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
1293 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
1294 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
1295 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
1296 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
1297 overhead is very small. */
1302 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
1303 && desired_row
->full_width_p
1304 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
1305 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
1307 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
1310 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
1313 x_clear_area (f
, 0, y
, width
, height
);
1314 x_clear_area (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
, y
, width
, height
);
1322 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
1324 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1325 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1326 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1327 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
1328 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
1330 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
1331 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
1333 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
1335 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
1336 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
1337 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
1338 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
1340 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1342 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
1344 x_fill_rectangle (f
, face
->gc
, p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
1347 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
1351 if (p
->which
&& p
->which
< max_fringe_bmp
)
1355 XGetGCValues (display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &gcv
);
1356 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, (p
->cursor_p
1357 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1358 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1359 : face
->foreground
));
1360 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, face
->background
);
1361 x_cr_draw_image (f
, gc
, fringe_bmp
[p
->which
], 0, p
->dh
,
1362 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
, p
->overlay_p
);
1363 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, gcv
.foreground
);
1364 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, gcv
.background
);
1366 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
1370 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1371 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
1375 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
1377 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
1379 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
1381 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
1383 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1384 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1385 : face
->foreground
),
1386 face
->background
, depth
);
1390 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
1391 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
1394 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
1395 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
1396 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
1397 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
1400 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
1401 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
1402 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
1406 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1407 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
1408 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
1411 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
1413 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
1416 /***********************************************************************
1418 ***********************************************************************/
1422 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
1423 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1424 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1425 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1426 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
1427 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1428 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
1429 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
1430 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1431 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1432 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1433 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
1434 unsigned long *, double, int);
1435 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
1436 double, int, unsigned long);
1437 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
1438 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1439 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
1440 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1441 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
1442 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
1444 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
1445 int, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool,
1447 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
1448 int, bool, bool, XRectangle
*);
1449 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
1452 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
1456 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1460 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1462 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1463 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1464 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1466 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1469 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1473 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1474 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1476 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1477 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1478 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1479 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1480 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1481 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1482 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1484 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1485 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1486 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1488 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1489 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1492 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1493 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1494 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1496 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1497 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1500 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1501 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1503 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1508 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1511 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1516 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1517 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1518 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1520 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1522 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1523 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1525 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1526 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1527 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1529 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1530 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1533 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1538 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1539 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1540 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1541 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1543 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1544 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1547 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1548 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1550 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1553 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1557 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1558 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1559 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1562 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1564 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1568 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1569 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1573 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1575 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1577 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1579 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1580 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1582 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1584 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1585 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1587 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1589 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1590 s
->stippled_p
= false;
1592 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1594 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1595 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1597 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1598 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1600 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1601 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1606 /* GC must have been set. */
1607 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1611 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1612 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1615 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1617 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1618 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1621 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, r
, n
);
1626 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1627 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1631 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1636 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1638 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1641 x_set_clip_rectangles (dst
->f
, dst
->gc
, &r
, 1);
1646 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1649 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1652 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1653 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1655 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1657 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1659 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1660 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1663 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1664 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1665 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1669 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1671 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1673 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1674 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1675 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1679 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1680 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1685 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1688 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1691 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1692 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1693 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1694 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1698 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1699 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1700 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1701 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1702 contains the first component of a composition. */
1705 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1707 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1708 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1709 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1711 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1715 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1716 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1717 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1718 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1719 s
->background_width
,
1720 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1721 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1722 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1724 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1725 /* When xdisp.c ignores FONT_HEIGHT, we cannot trust
1726 font dimensions, since the actual glyphs might be
1727 much smaller. So in that case we always clear the
1728 rectangle with background color. */
1729 || FONT_TOO_HIGH (s
->font
)
1730 || s
->font_not_found_p
1731 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1734 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1735 s
->background_width
,
1736 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1737 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1743 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1746 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1750 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1751 of S to the right of that box line. */
1752 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1753 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1754 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1758 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1760 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1762 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1764 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1765 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
,
1766 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1768 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1773 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1774 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1777 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1778 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1780 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1782 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1783 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, false);
1785 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, true);
1786 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1787 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1791 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1794 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1797 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1799 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1800 of S to the right of that box line. */
1801 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1802 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1803 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1807 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1808 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1809 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1810 this composition. */
1812 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1813 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1814 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1816 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1817 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1818 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1820 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1824 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1825 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1826 space on the left or right. */
1827 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1829 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1830 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1832 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, false);
1833 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1834 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, false);
1839 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1844 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1846 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1847 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1848 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1851 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1855 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1856 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1857 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1860 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1861 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1862 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1863 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, false);
1864 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1865 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
,
1874 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1875 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1876 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1882 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1885 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1887 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1891 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1892 of S to the right of that box line. */
1893 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1894 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1895 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1901 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1903 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1904 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1906 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1909 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1910 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1914 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1915 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1916 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1917 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1918 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1919 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1922 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1924 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1925 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1926 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
+ 0u);
1932 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1935 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1936 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1938 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1939 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1941 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1942 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1943 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1945 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1946 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1947 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1950 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1951 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
1952 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1953 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1954 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1955 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1959 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1963 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1964 cannot be determined. */
1966 static struct frame
*
1967 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1969 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1970 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1973 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1975 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1976 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1977 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1978 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1979 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1980 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1982 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1983 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1984 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1988 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1989 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1990 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1996 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1997 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1998 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1999 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2000 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2001 Value is true if successful. */
2004 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
2005 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
2007 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
2008 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
2011 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
2014 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
2015 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
2017 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
2019 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.screen
),
2021 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.colormap
),
2026 /* The address of this variable is returned by
2027 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2029 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2032 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
2034 DPY is the display we are working on.
2036 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
2037 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
2038 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
2039 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
2041 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
2042 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
2044 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
2045 we allocated the color or not.
2047 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
2050 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
2051 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
2052 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
2062 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2063 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2065 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
2069 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2070 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2071 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
2073 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
2075 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2076 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
2078 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
2080 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2081 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
2083 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
2084 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
2086 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
2087 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
2092 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
2094 params
[0] = color_name
;
2095 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2096 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2097 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color '%s'",
2102 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
2104 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
2106 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2110 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
2114 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
2115 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2118 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2123 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
2124 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
2125 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
2127 APP is the application context in which we work.
2129 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
2130 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
2131 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
2133 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2136 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
2141 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
2143 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
2146 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
2148 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
2149 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2150 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2151 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
2152 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
2157 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
2160 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
2161 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
2162 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
2163 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
2165 static const XColor
*
2166 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
2168 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2170 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
2172 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
2173 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
2176 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
2177 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2178 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
2180 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
2181 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
2183 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
2184 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
2187 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
2188 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
2192 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
2193 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
2196 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
2198 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2200 if (dpyinfo
->red_bits
> 0)
2202 /* For TrueColor displays, we can decompose the RGB value
2205 unsigned int rmult
, gmult
, bmult
;
2206 unsigned int rmask
, gmask
, bmask
;
2208 rmask
= (1 << dpyinfo
->red_bits
) - 1;
2209 gmask
= (1 << dpyinfo
->green_bits
) - 1;
2210 bmask
= (1 << dpyinfo
->blue_bits
) - 1;
2211 /* If we're widening, for example, 8 bits in the pixel value to
2212 16 bits for the separate-color representation, we want to
2213 extrapolate the lower bits based on those bits available --
2214 in other words, we'd like 0xff to become 0xffff instead of
2215 the 0xff00 we'd get by just zero-filling the lower bits.
2217 We generate a 32-bit scaled-up value and shift it, in case
2218 the bit count doesn't divide 16 evently (e.g., when dealing
2219 with a 3-3-2 bit RGB display), to get more of the lower bits
2222 Should we cache the multipliers in dpyinfo? Maybe
2223 special-case the 8-8-8 common case? */
2224 rmult
= 0xffffffff / rmask
;
2225 gmult
= 0xffffffff / gmask
;
2226 bmult
= 0xffffffff / bmask
;
2228 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
2230 unsigned int r
, g
, b
;
2231 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
2233 r
= (pixel
>> dpyinfo
->red_offset
) & rmask
;
2234 g
= (pixel
>> dpyinfo
->green_offset
) & gmask
;
2235 b
= (pixel
>> dpyinfo
->blue_offset
) & bmask
;
2237 colors
[i
].red
= (r
* rmult
) >> 16;
2238 colors
[i
].green
= (g
* gmult
) >> 16;
2239 colors
[i
].blue
= (b
* bmult
) >> 16;
2244 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
2247 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
2249 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
2250 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
2251 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
2252 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
2257 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
2261 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
2262 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
2265 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
2267 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
2271 /* On frame F, translate the color name to RGB values. Use cached
2272 information, if possible.
2274 Note that there is currently no way to clean old entries out of the
2275 cache. However, it is limited to names in the server's database,
2276 and names we've actually looked up; list-colors-display is probably
2277 the most color-intensive case we're likely to hit. */
2279 Status
x_parse_color (struct frame
*f
, const char *color_name
,
2282 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2283 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2285 struct color_name_cache_entry
*cache_entry
;
2287 if (color_name
[0] == '#')
2289 /* The hex form is parsed directly by XParseColor without
2290 talking to the X server. No need for caching. */
2291 return XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, color
);
2294 for (cache_entry
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_names
; cache_entry
;
2295 cache_entry
= cache_entry
->next
)
2297 if (!xstrcasecmp(cache_entry
->name
, color_name
))
2299 *color
= cache_entry
->rgb
;
2304 if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, color
) == 0)
2305 /* No caching of negative results, currently. */
2308 cache_entry
= xzalloc (sizeof *cache_entry
);
2309 cache_entry
->rgb
= *color
;
2310 cache_entry
->name
= xstrdup (color_name
);
2311 cache_entry
->next
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_names
;
2312 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_names
= cache_entry
;
2317 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
2318 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
2319 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
2323 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2327 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2330 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
2331 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
2332 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
2333 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
2335 int max_color_delta
= 255;
2336 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
2337 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
2339 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
2341 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
2343 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
2344 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
2345 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
2346 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
2348 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
2351 nearest_delta
= delta
;
2355 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
2356 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
2357 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
2358 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2362 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
2363 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
2364 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
2365 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2366 XColor
*cached_color
;
2368 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
2369 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
2370 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
2371 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
2372 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
2374 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2375 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
2376 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
2380 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2382 register_color (color
->pixel
);
2383 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
2389 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP, after
2390 gamma correction. If an exact match can't be allocated, try the
2391 nearest color available. Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR
2392 to the color allocated. */
2395 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2397 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2399 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
2401 if (dpyinfo
->red_bits
> 0)
2403 color
->pixel
= x_make_truecolor_pixel (dpyinfo
,
2410 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
2414 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2415 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2416 get color reference counts right. */
2419 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
2423 /* If display has an immutable color map, freeing colors is not
2424 necessary and some servers don't allow it. Since we won't free a
2425 color once we've allocated it, we don't need to re-allocate it to
2426 maintain the server's reference count. */
2427 if (!x_mutable_colormap (FRAME_X_VISUAL (f
)))
2430 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2432 /* The color could still be found in the color_cells array. */
2433 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2434 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
2436 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2437 register_color (pixel
);
2443 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
2446 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
2447 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
2448 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
2449 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
2450 use an additional additive factor.
2452 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
2453 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
2454 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
2457 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2458 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2459 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2460 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2461 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2462 Value is non-zero if successful. */
2465 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
2466 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
2472 /* Get RGB color values. */
2473 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
2474 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2476 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
2477 eassert (factor
>= 0);
2478 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
2479 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
2480 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
2482 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
2483 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
2485 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
2486 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
2487 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
2488 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
2489 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
2491 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
2492 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
2493 /* The additive adjustment. */
2494 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
2498 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
2499 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
2500 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
2504 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
2505 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
2506 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
2510 /* Try to allocate the color. */
2511 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2514 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
2516 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
2517 delta to the RGB values. */
2518 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
2520 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
2521 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
2522 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
2523 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2534 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
2535 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
2536 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
2537 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
2538 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
2539 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
2542 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
2543 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
2546 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
2547 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2548 unsigned long pixel
;
2549 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
2550 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2551 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2552 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2554 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2555 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
2557 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
2558 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
2559 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
2560 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
2562 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
2566 /* Allocate new color. */
2567 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
2569 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
2570 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
2571 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
2573 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
2575 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
2577 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
2580 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2584 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2587 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2589 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2590 unsigned long color
;
2592 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2593 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2594 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2596 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2597 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2602 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2603 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2604 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2607 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2608 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2610 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2611 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2612 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2613 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2614 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2619 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2620 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2621 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P means draw a raised
2622 relief. LEFT_P means draw a relief on the left side of
2623 the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a relief on the right
2624 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2628 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2629 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
,
2630 int width
, bool raised_p
, bool top_p
, bool bot_p
,
2631 bool left_p
, bool right_p
,
2632 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2635 GC top_left_gc
, bottom_right_gc
;
2640 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2641 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2645 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2646 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2649 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2650 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2654 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2655 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2657 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_LEFT
;
2659 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
;
2663 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, right_x
+ 1 - width
, top_y
,
2664 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2666 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
;
2668 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
;
2673 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2674 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2676 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2677 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 1);
2682 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2683 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2685 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, bottom_right_gc
,
2686 left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2687 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 0);
2689 if (left_p
&& width
!= 1)
2690 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2691 1, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2692 if (top_p
&& width
!= 1)
2693 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2694 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, 1);
2697 XSetBackground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), top_left_gc
,
2698 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2699 x_erase_corners_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2700 right_x
- left_x
+ 1, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1,
2704 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
);
2705 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
);
2707 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2708 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2713 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2715 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2716 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2718 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2719 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2720 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2727 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2728 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2729 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2731 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2732 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2733 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2734 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2741 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2743 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2744 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2746 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2747 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2748 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2749 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2752 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2754 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2756 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2757 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2761 /* Outermost top line. */
2763 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2764 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2765 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2767 /* Outermost left line. */
2769 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2775 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2776 left_x
+ left_p
, bottom_y
,
2777 right_x
+ !right_p
, bottom_y
);
2778 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2779 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2780 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2781 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2787 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2788 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2789 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2790 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2791 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2792 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2795 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
2801 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2802 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2803 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P means draw a line on the
2804 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a line
2805 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2806 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2809 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2810 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2811 bool left_p
, bool right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2815 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2816 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2817 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2820 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2821 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2825 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2826 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2829 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2830 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2834 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2835 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2837 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2838 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
2842 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2845 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2847 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
;
2848 bool raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2849 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2850 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2852 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2853 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2854 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2856 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2857 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2859 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2861 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2862 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2864 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2866 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2868 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2870 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2871 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2873 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2874 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2875 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2877 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2879 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2881 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2882 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2883 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2886 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2887 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2888 width
, raised_p
, true, true, left_p
, right_p
,
2894 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2897 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2900 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2902 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2903 right of that line. */
2904 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2905 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2907 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2909 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2911 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2912 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2913 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2914 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2920 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2921 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2922 trust on the shape extension to be available
2923 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2925 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2928 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2930 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2931 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2932 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2933 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2934 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2936 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2939 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2940 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2941 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2942 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2943 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2944 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2948 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2950 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2953 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2954 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2955 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2956 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2957 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2958 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2960 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2961 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2962 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2963 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2964 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2965 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2966 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2968 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2969 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2970 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2971 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2972 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2977 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2978 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2979 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2983 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2986 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2989 bool raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2990 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2993 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2995 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2996 right of that line. */
2997 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2998 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3000 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3002 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3004 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
3005 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
3006 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3007 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3009 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
3010 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
3012 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
3013 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
3017 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
3018 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
3021 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
3022 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
3024 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
3025 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
3027 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
3028 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
3029 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
3031 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
3032 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
3034 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
3035 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
3038 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= false;
3040 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
3041 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= true;
3042 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3043 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= true;
3044 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
3045 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= true;
3046 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
3047 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= true;
3049 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
3050 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3051 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
3052 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
3056 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
3059 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
3062 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
3064 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3065 right of that line. */
3066 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3067 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3069 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3071 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3073 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
3074 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
3075 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3076 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3082 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3083 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3084 trust on the shape extension to be available
3085 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3087 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
3091 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
3092 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
3093 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
3094 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
3095 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3097 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3098 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3099 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3100 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3104 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3105 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3106 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3108 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3109 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3110 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3111 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3112 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3113 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3114 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
3116 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
3117 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
3118 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
3119 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
3124 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
3125 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
3126 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
3130 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
3131 give the rectangle to draw. */
3134 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
3138 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3139 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3140 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3141 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3144 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3148 /* Draw image glyph string S.
3151 s->x +-------------------------
3154 | +-------------------------
3157 | | +-------------------
3163 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3165 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3166 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
3168 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
3171 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3172 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3173 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
3174 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3176 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
3177 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
3179 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3180 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
3184 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
3185 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
3189 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
3190 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
3191 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
3192 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
3193 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
3195 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
3196 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
3197 s
->background_width
,
3200 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
3202 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3204 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
3207 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3208 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3209 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
3210 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3211 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3212 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3213 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
3218 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
3220 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3221 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3222 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3223 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3230 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3232 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3235 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
3236 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
3239 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3240 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
3242 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3245 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3248 /* Draw the foreground. */
3250 if (s
->img
->cr_data
)
3252 cairo_t
*cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3254 int x
= s
->x
+ s
->img
->hmargin
;
3255 int y
= s
->y
+ s
->img
->vmargin
;
3256 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3258 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, s
->img
->cr_data
,
3261 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3263 x_end_cr_clip (s
->f
);
3269 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
3270 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3271 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3272 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
3273 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
3276 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
3278 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
3280 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3281 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
3282 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
3286 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
3289 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3291 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
3293 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
3294 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
3296 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
3297 wide as the stretch glyph. */
3298 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3301 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3303 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3307 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3313 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
3315 int right_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3317 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
3318 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
3319 x
+= background_width
;
3321 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
3322 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3326 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
3328 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
3329 if (width
< background_width
)
3332 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
3336 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3340 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
3341 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
3343 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
3349 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3350 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
, &r
, 1);
3352 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
3354 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3355 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3356 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3357 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
3362 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3363 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3364 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3365 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3368 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
);
3371 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
3373 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3374 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3376 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
3377 except for header line and mode line. */
3378 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
3380 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3383 if (background_width
> 0)
3384 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
3387 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3391 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
3397 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
3402 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3404 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
3406 x_draw_horizontal_wave (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3,
3407 s
->width
, wave_height
, wave_length
);
3408 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
3409 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, xmax
;
3411 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
3414 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
3416 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
3420 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
3424 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
3425 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
3426 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
3428 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
3431 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
3433 /* Draw the waves */
3435 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
3437 odd
= (x1
/ dx
) & 1;
3445 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
3450 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
3452 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
3456 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
3457 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
3458 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
3462 /* Draw glyph string S. */
3465 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3467 bool relief_drawn_p
= false;
3469 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
3470 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
3471 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
3472 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
3475 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3477 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
3478 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
3479 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
3480 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
3482 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3483 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
3484 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
3485 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
3487 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, true);
3488 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3492 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
3493 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
3495 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
3496 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
3497 if (!s
->for_overlaps
3498 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3499 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
3500 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
3503 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3504 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3505 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3506 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3507 relief_drawn_p
= true;
3509 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
3511 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
3512 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
3513 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
3514 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
3515 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
3516 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
3518 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3520 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
3523 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
3527 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
3531 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3532 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3534 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, false);
3535 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3538 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
3539 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
3540 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
3541 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3543 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3544 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3547 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
3548 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3549 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3551 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3552 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3559 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
3561 /* Draw underline. */
3562 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
3564 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
3566 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3567 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3571 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3572 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3573 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3574 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3577 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3579 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
3582 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
3583 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3585 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
3586 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
3587 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
3591 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
3592 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
3593 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
3596 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
3597 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3600 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
3601 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
3602 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
3603 specs, and its default is
3605 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
3606 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
3608 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
3609 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
3610 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
3612 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
3614 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
3616 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
3618 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
3619 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
3620 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
3621 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3622 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
3623 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
3624 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
3625 s
->underline_position
= position
;
3626 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
3627 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3628 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3629 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3633 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3634 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3635 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3636 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3637 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3641 /* Draw overline. */
3642 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
3644 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
3646 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
3647 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3652 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3653 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
3654 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3656 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3660 /* Draw strike-through. */
3661 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
3663 unsigned long h
= 1;
3664 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
3666 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
3667 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3672 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3673 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
3674 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3676 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3680 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
3681 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
3682 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3686 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
3688 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
3689 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
3690 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
3692 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
3693 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3694 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
3697 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
3698 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
3699 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3700 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3702 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3703 x_reset_clip_rectangles (prev
->f
, prev
->gc
);
3705 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
3711 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3713 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
3714 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
3715 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
3717 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
3718 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3719 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
3722 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3723 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
3724 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3725 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3727 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3728 x_reset_clip_rectangles (next
->f
, next
->gc
);
3730 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3731 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
3736 /* Reset clipping. */
3737 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3741 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3744 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
3746 /* Never called on a GUI frame, see
3747 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2015-05/msg00456.html
3749 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3750 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3751 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3755 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3759 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3765 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3766 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3769 x_clear_area1 (Display
*dpy
, Window window
,
3770 int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3772 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3773 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3778 x_clear_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
3783 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3785 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
3786 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
3787 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3791 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3792 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
3797 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3800 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3802 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3804 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3810 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3811 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3812 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3814 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3815 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3816 redisplay, do it here. */
3817 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3818 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3821 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3826 /* RIF: Show hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3829 x_show_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3831 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3835 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3836 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3839 if (FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
))
3842 x
->hourglass_p
= true;
3844 if (!x
->hourglass_window
)
3846 unsigned long mask
= CWCursor
;
3847 XSetWindowAttributes attrs
;
3849 Window parent
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
3851 Window parent
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
3853 attrs
.cursor
= x
->hourglass_cursor
;
3855 x
->hourglass_window
= XCreateWindow
3856 (dpy
, parent
, 0, 0, 32000, 32000, 0, 0,
3857 InputOnly
, CopyFromParent
, mask
, &attrs
);
3860 XMapRaised (dpy
, x
->hourglass_window
);
3866 /* RIF: Cancel hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3869 x_hide_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3871 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3873 /* Watch out for newly created frames. */
3874 if (x
->hourglass_window
)
3876 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), x
->hourglass_window
);
3877 /* Sync here because XTread_socket looks at the
3878 hourglass_p flag that is reset to zero below. */
3879 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
3880 x
->hourglass_p
= false;
3884 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3887 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3893 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3894 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3895 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3897 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3898 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3899 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3900 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3902 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3906 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3909 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3910 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3911 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3912 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3913 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3914 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3915 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, true, x, y, w, h)
3916 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3917 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3920 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3921 pixels into background pixels. */
3925 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3926 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3927 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3929 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3930 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3934 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3935 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3936 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3937 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3938 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3939 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3940 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3941 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3943 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3944 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3946 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3948 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3949 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3950 width
, flash_height
);
3951 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3953 (height
- flash_height
3954 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3955 width
, flash_height
);
3959 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3960 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3961 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3962 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3967 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3968 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3970 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3972 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3974 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3975 struct timespec timeout
;
3977 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3978 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3981 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3982 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3984 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3985 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3989 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3990 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3992 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3994 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3995 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3996 width
, flash_height
);
3997 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3999 (height
- flash_height
4000 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
4001 width
, flash_height
);
4004 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
4005 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
4006 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
4007 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
4013 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
4015 #undef XFillRectangle
4017 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
4028 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
4031 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, invisible
);
4036 /* Make audible bell. */
4039 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
4041 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
4049 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
4051 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
4053 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4059 /***********************************************************************
4061 ***********************************************************************/
4063 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
4064 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
4067 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
4073 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
4076 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
4078 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4079 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
4081 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
4082 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
4084 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
4086 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
4087 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
4088 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
4092 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
4093 line at the bottom. */
4094 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4095 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
4097 height
= run
->height
;
4101 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
4103 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4104 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
4106 height
= run
->height
;
4111 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
4115 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
4117 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4118 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4119 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
4130 /***********************************************************************
4132 ***********************************************************************/
4136 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
4138 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4139 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4140 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4141 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4143 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
4144 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
4145 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
4146 because of this (bug#9310). */
4147 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4148 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4149 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
4150 x_uncatch_errors ();
4152 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4153 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4157 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
4159 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4160 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4161 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4162 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4164 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
4165 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4166 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4167 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
4168 x_uncatch_errors ();
4170 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4171 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4174 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
4175 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
4176 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
4177 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
4178 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
4181 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
4183 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4185 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4187 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
4188 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
4189 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
4191 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
4192 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
4194 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
4195 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4197 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
4200 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
4203 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
4204 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
4205 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
4208 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4210 if (type
== FocusIn
)
4212 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
4214 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
4215 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
4217 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
4218 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
4219 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
4220 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
4221 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
4222 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
4223 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
4224 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
4226 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
4227 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4230 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
4233 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4234 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4237 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
4239 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
4241 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
4243 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
4244 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
4246 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
4247 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4251 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4252 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4254 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
4255 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, false);
4259 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
4260 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
4262 static struct frame
*
4263 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4265 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4271 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4274 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4276 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4278 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4279 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4280 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
4281 /* A tooltip frame? */
4282 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4283 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4284 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4286 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4288 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
4290 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4291 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4292 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
4295 #endif /* USE_GTK */
4296 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
4297 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4299 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4304 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
4306 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
4309 static struct frame
*
4310 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4312 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4313 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
4319 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4324 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
4326 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
4327 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4328 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4333 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4335 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
4338 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
4339 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
4340 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
4342 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4343 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4347 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4348 /* A tooltip frame. */
4356 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
4358 static struct frame
*
4359 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
4360 const XEvent
*event
)
4362 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
4363 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4370 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4373 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4375 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4377 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
4380 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4381 if (x
->menubar_widget
4382 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4389 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
4390 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
4393 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4395 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4402 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4405 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4407 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4411 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
4413 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4414 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
4417 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
4421 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4422 /* Tooltip frame. */
4428 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
4430 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4431 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4433 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
4435 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
4436 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
4438 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
4441 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
4442 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4447 switch (event
->type
)
4452 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
4454 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
4456 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
4457 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
4458 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
4459 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4461 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4467 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
4468 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
4469 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
4470 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4474 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
4476 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
4477 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4478 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4485 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
4486 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
4489 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4491 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
4495 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
4496 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
4497 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
4499 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
4500 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
4501 the appropriate X display info. */
4504 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
4506 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
4510 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4512 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
4514 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4516 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
4517 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
4518 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
4519 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
4520 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
4522 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
4523 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4527 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
4529 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
4532 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
4533 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
4534 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
4540 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
4542 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
4544 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4546 int min_code
, max_code
;
4549 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
4551 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
4552 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
4553 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4554 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
4555 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
4557 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
4559 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
4560 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
4562 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
4564 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
4565 Alt keysyms are on. */
4567 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
4568 bool found_alt_or_meta
;
4570 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
4572 found_alt_or_meta
= false;
4573 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
4575 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
4577 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
4581 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
4585 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
4587 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
4593 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4594 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4599 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4600 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4605 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4606 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4607 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4608 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4613 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4614 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4615 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4616 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4620 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
4621 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
4622 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
4623 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4624 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4633 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
4634 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4636 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
4637 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4640 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
4641 make them just meta, not alt. */
4642 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4644 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
4648 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
4651 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
4655 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
4657 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4658 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4659 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4660 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4663 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4664 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4665 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4666 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4667 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4668 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4669 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4670 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4672 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
4673 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
4674 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
4675 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
4676 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
4677 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
4681 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
4683 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4684 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4685 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4686 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4690 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4691 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
4692 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4693 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
4694 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4695 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
4696 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4697 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
4700 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
4701 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
4702 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
4703 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
4704 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
4705 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
4708 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
4711 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
4716 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
4722 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
4724 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
4725 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
4726 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
4727 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
4729 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
4731 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
4732 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
4733 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
4734 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
4735 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
4736 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
4737 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
4738 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
4739 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
4742 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
4744 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
4748 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
4749 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
4752 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
4754 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
4755 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
4756 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
4757 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
4759 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
4763 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
4764 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
4765 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
4770 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
4771 The input handler calls this.
4773 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
4774 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
4775 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
4776 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
4779 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
4782 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
4784 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
4787 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
4788 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
4789 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
4790 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
4791 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
4793 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
4795 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4796 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4797 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
4798 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
4803 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
4804 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
4805 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
4806 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
4807 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
4809 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4810 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4811 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
4812 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
4813 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
4814 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
4821 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
4822 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
4824 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
4825 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
4826 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
4827 position on the scroll bar.
4829 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
4830 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
4833 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
4834 was at this position.
4836 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
4838 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
4842 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
4843 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
4847 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
4851 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
4853 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
4855 if (bar
->horizontal
)
4856 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4858 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4865 Window dummy_window
;
4868 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
4870 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
4871 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4872 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
4873 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
4874 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= false;
4876 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4878 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
4879 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4880 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
4882 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
4885 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
4886 a different screen. */
4889 /* The position on that root window. */
4892 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4895 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4897 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4899 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4900 containing the pointer. */
4904 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4908 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4909 structure is changing at the same time this function
4910 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4912 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4914 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
4916 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4917 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4918 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4924 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
4926 /* From-position, to-position. */
4927 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4931 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4937 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4939 /* From-window, to-window. */
4942 /* From-position, to-position. */
4943 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4948 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4951 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4952 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4953 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4954 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4955 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4963 /* Now we know that:
4964 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4965 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4966 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4967 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4968 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4969 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4970 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4971 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4972 never use them in that case.) */
4975 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4976 want the edit window. */
4977 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4979 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4980 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4983 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4984 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4987 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4988 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4990 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4993 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4996 x_uncatch_errors ();
4998 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
5001 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5003 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
, 2);
5007 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5013 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
5014 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5018 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
5019 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
5020 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
5021 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
5022 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
5023 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
5024 the frame are divided into. */
5026 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
5027 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
5028 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
5029 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
5034 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
5035 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
5036 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
5046 /***********************************************************************
5048 ***********************************************************************/
5050 /* Scroll bar support. */
5052 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
5054 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
5057 static struct scroll_bar
*
5058 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
, int type
)
5060 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
5062 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
5063 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
5064 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5066 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
5068 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
5070 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
5073 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
5075 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
5076 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
5077 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
5078 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
5079 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
5082 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5083 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
5084 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
5086 || (type
== 1 && XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)
5087 || (type
== 0 && !XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)))
5088 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5095 #if defined USE_LUCID
5097 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
5098 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
5101 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
5103 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
5105 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
5106 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
5108 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
5110 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
5116 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5119 /************************************************************************
5121 ************************************************************************/
5123 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5125 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, enum scroll_bar_part
,
5128 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
5129 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
5131 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
5133 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
5134 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
5137 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
5139 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
5140 static XtActionHookId horizontal_action_hook_id
;
5142 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
5144 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
5145 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
5146 to avoid jerkiness. */
5148 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
5150 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
5151 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
5152 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
5153 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
5156 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5157 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5160 const char *end_action
;
5163 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5164 end_action
= "Release";
5165 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5166 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5167 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5168 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5171 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5172 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5175 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5177 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5178 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, false);
5179 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5180 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5182 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5185 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5186 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
5188 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5189 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5190 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5192 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5193 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5199 xt_horizontal_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5200 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5203 const char *end_action
;
5206 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5207 end_action
= "Release";
5208 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5209 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5210 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5211 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5214 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5215 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5218 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5220 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5221 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, true);
5222 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5223 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
5225 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5228 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5229 set_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
);
5231 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5232 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5233 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5235 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5236 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5239 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5241 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
5242 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
5243 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
5244 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
5247 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, enum scroll_bar_part part
,
5248 int portion
, int whole
, bool horizontal
)
5251 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
5252 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
5253 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5254 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
5255 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
5256 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
5257 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
5261 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
5262 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
5263 ev
->message_type
= (horizontal
5264 ? FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
5265 : FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
);
5266 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
5267 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
5270 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
5271 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
5272 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
5273 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
5274 will resolve such issues someday. */
5275 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
5276 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
5277 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
5278 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
5279 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
5281 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
5282 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5283 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= true;
5284 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
5287 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
5288 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
5289 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
5290 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
5295 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
5299 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5300 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5302 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5306 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5307 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5308 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5309 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5310 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5312 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5314 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5315 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5318 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5321 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5324 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5325 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5326 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5327 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5330 /* Transform a horizontal scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs
5331 input event in *IEVENT. */
5334 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5335 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5337 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5341 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5342 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5343 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5344 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5345 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5347 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5349 ievent
->kind
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5350 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5353 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5356 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5359 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5360 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5361 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5362 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5368 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
5370 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
5372 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5373 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
5374 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
5377 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5379 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5380 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
5381 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5382 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5383 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5387 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
5389 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
5392 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
5394 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5397 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
5399 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5402 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
5404 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5409 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_leftmost
: scroll_bar_to_top
;
5412 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
5414 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_rightmost
: scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
5422 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
5427 portion
= bar
->whole
* ((float)cs
->value
/ XM_SB_MAX
);
5428 whole
= bar
->whole
* ((float)(XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
) / XM_SB_MAX
);
5429 portion
= min (portion
, whole
);
5430 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5434 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
5435 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
5436 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5439 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
5443 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5447 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5449 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5450 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5455 #elif defined USE_GTK
5457 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5458 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
5461 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
5462 GtkScrollType scroll
,
5466 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5467 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5468 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5469 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
5470 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
5472 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return false;
5476 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
5477 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
5478 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
5479 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
5481 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5483 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5484 whole
= (int)(gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5485 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
));
5486 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5487 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5491 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5492 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5493 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
5494 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5495 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5499 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
5500 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5501 ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
);
5504 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
5505 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5506 ? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
);
5509 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
5510 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5511 ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
);
5514 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
5515 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5516 ? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
);
5523 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5525 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5526 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5533 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
5536 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
5537 GdkEventButton
*event
,
5540 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5542 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5544 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5545 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, bar
->horizontal
);
5546 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5553 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5555 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
5556 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
5557 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
5561 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5563 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5564 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
5565 float top
= *top_addr
;
5567 int whole
, portion
, height
, width
;
5568 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5569 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5574 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5576 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5581 whole
= bar
->whole
- (shown
* bar
->whole
);
5582 portion
= min (top
* bar
->whole
, whole
);
5590 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5594 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5596 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5600 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
5602 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
5603 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
5604 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
5605 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
5606 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
5608 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5610 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5613 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5614 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5615 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5616 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
, bar
->horizontal
);
5620 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
5621 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
5622 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
5623 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
5624 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
5625 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
5626 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
5629 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5631 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5632 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
5633 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
5634 Dimension height
, width
;
5635 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5637 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5639 /* Get the width of the scroll bar. */
5641 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5644 if (eabs (position
) >= width
)
5645 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_after_handle
;
5647 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5648 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5649 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, width
/ 20))
5650 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_right_arrow
;
5652 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5654 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5656 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5657 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, width
,
5663 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
5665 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5668 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
5669 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5671 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5672 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5673 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
5674 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5676 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5678 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5680 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5681 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
,
5686 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5688 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
5689 #define SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME "horizontalScrollBar"
5691 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
5692 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
5696 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5698 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5701 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5702 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5708 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5710 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5713 xg_create_horizontal_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5714 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5719 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5722 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5728 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5729 unsigned long pixel
;
5734 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5735 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5736 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5737 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5738 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
5739 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
5740 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5741 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5743 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5746 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5750 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5753 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5757 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5758 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5760 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5761 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5763 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5765 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5767 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5769 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5771 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5773 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5776 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5777 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5779 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5780 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5781 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5782 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5784 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5786 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5787 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5788 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5789 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5790 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5791 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
5792 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5793 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5795 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5798 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
5802 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5805 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
5809 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
5811 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
5812 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5814 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5817 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5818 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5819 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
5821 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5824 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5826 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5829 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5830 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5831 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
5833 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5837 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
5838 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
5839 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
5840 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5841 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
5842 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
5843 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
5846 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
5847 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
5851 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
5852 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
5853 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
5855 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
5857 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
5860 /* Specify the colors. */
5861 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
5864 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5867 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
5870 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5876 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
5877 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
5880 char const *initial
= "";
5881 char const *val
= initial
;
5882 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
5883 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
5884 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
5886 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
5887 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
5888 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
5889 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
5890 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
5891 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
5895 /* Define callbacks. */
5896 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
5897 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
5900 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5901 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5903 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5905 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
5906 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
5907 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
5908 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
5910 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
5911 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
5912 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
5913 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
5915 bar
->horizontal
= false;
5921 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5927 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5928 unsigned long pixel
;
5933 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5934 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5935 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5936 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5937 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmHORIZONTAL
); ++ac
;
5938 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_RIGHT
), ++ac
;
5939 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5940 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5942 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5945 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5949 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5952 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5956 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5957 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5959 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5960 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5962 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5964 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5966 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5968 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5970 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5972 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5975 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5976 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5978 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5979 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5980 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5981 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5983 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5985 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5986 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5987 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5988 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5989 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5990 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientHorizontal
); ++ac
;
5991 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5992 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5994 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5997 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
6001 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6004 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
6008 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
6010 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
6011 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
6013 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6016 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6017 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
6018 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
6020 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
6023 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
6025 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6028 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6029 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
6030 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
6032 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
6036 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
6037 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
6038 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
6039 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
6040 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
6041 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
6042 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
6045 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
6046 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
6050 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
6051 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
6052 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
6054 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
6056 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
6059 /* Specify the colors. */
6060 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
6063 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
6066 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
6069 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
6075 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
6076 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
6079 char const *initial
= "";
6080 char const *val
= initial
;
6081 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
6082 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
6083 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
6085 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
6086 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
6087 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
6088 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
6089 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
6090 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
6094 /* Define callbacks. */
6095 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
6096 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
6099 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
6100 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
6102 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6104 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
6105 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
6106 if (horizontal_action_hook_id
== 0)
6107 horizontal_action_hook_id
6108 = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_horizontal_action_hook
, 0);
6110 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
6111 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
6112 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
6113 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
6115 bar
->horizontal
= true;
6119 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6122 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
6123 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
6127 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6129 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6133 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6135 xg_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6138 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6140 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6143 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6144 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6151 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
6153 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
6154 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
6155 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
6156 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
6157 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
6158 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
6159 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
6160 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
6161 its size, the update will often happen too late.
6162 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
6163 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
6164 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
6165 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
6166 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
6174 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6175 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6178 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6182 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
6183 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
6185 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6187 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
6188 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
6189 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6191 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6193 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6199 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6200 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6204 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6206 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6207 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6208 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6212 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6213 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6214 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6217 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6218 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6219 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6220 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6222 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6223 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6224 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6225 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6226 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6229 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6230 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6231 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6232 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6234 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6235 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6238 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6239 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6240 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6242 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6246 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6252 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6255 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6256 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6263 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6264 top
= (float) position
/ (whole
- portion
);
6266 int size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6267 int value
= clip_to_bounds (0, top
* (XM_SB_MAX
- size
), XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6269 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6271 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6277 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6278 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6282 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6284 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6285 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6286 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6291 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6292 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6293 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6296 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6297 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6298 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6299 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6301 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6302 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6303 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6304 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6305 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6309 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6310 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6311 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6312 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6314 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6316 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6317 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6320 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6321 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6322 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6324 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6329 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6333 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6335 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6339 /************************************************************************
6340 Scroll bars, general
6341 ************************************************************************/
6343 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
6344 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
6345 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
6348 static struct scroll_bar
*
6349 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
,
6350 int width
, int height
, bool horizontal
)
6352 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6353 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6354 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
6359 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6361 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6363 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6364 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6366 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
6370 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6371 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
6372 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
6374 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
6375 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
6377 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
6379 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
6381 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
6382 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
6383 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
6384 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
6385 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
6387 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6388 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
6389 left
, top
, width
, height
,
6390 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
6397 bar
->x_window
= window
;
6399 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6401 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
6405 bar
->height
= height
;
6409 bar
->horizontal
= horizontal
;
6410 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
6411 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
6414 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
6415 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6417 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6418 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6419 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
6420 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6422 /* Map the window/widget. */
6423 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6427 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6428 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6430 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6431 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6432 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6433 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6434 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6435 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
6436 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6438 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6439 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6440 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6447 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6449 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
6451 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
6452 redrawing it, unless REBUILD; in that case, always
6453 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
6456 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
6457 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
6458 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
6459 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
6460 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
6463 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
,
6466 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
6467 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6468 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6469 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6471 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
6473 && start
== bar
->start
6480 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
6481 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
6482 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
6484 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
6485 the distance between start and end. */
6487 int length
= end
- start
;
6491 else if (start
> top_range
)
6493 end
= start
+ length
;
6497 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
6501 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
6505 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
6506 if (end
> top_range
)
6509 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
6510 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
6511 that many pixels tall. */
6512 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
6514 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
6515 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6516 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (start
> 0))
6517 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6518 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6519 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
6520 inside_width
, start
, False
);
6522 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
6523 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6524 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6525 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
6527 /* Draw the handle itself. */
6528 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
6529 /* x, y, width, height */
6530 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6531 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
6532 inside_width
, end
- start
);
6534 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
6535 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6536 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6537 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
6539 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
6540 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6541 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (end
< inside_height
))
6542 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6543 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6544 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
6545 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
, False
);
6551 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6553 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
6557 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
6559 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6562 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6564 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
6565 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6566 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
6567 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6569 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6572 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
6573 if (bar
->horizontal
)
6574 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6576 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6582 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
6583 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
6584 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
6588 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6590 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6592 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6593 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6594 int window_y
, window_height
;
6596 /* Get window dimensions. */
6597 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
6599 height
= window_height
;
6600 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
6601 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
6603 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6604 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6606 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6609 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6613 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1), false);
6617 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6618 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6620 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6624 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6626 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6628 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6630 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6633 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6635 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6638 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6639 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6640 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6641 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6643 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6644 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6645 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6646 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6647 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6648 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6650 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6652 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6661 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6665 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6667 /* Remember new settings. */
6671 bar
->height
= height
;
6676 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6677 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6678 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6679 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6681 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6683 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
6686 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, false);
6689 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
6690 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
6691 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6694 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6696 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6697 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6702 XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6704 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6706 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6707 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6708 int window_x
, window_width
;
6709 int pixel_width
= WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH (w
);
6711 /* Get window dimensions. */
6712 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &window_x
, 0, &window_width
, 0);
6714 width
= window_width
;
6715 top
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_Y (w
);
6716 height
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_HEIGHT (w
);
6718 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6719 if (NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6721 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6725 /* Clear also part between window_width and
6726 WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH. */
6727 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, pixel_width
, height
);
6731 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
, true);
6735 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6736 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6738 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6742 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6744 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6746 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6748 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6751 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6752 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6755 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6756 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6757 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6759 WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
), top
,
6760 pixel_width
- WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
), height
);
6762 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
, left
,
6764 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6765 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6766 left
, top
, width
, height
, 0);
6767 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6769 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6771 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
6772 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
6773 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
6776 int area_height
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (w
);
6777 int rest
= area_height
- height
;
6778 if (rest
> 0 && width
> 0)
6779 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, rest
);
6782 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6791 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6795 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6797 /* Remember new settings. */
6801 bar
->height
= height
;
6806 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6807 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6808 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6809 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6811 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6813 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, width
);
6816 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, left_range
, false);
6819 int start
= ((double) position
* left_range
) / whole
;
6820 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * left_range
) / whole
;
6821 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6824 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6826 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6827 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6831 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
6832 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
6833 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
6834 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
6835 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
6836 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
6837 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
6839 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
6840 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
6841 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
6844 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
6846 if (!NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6848 if (!NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6850 /* Prepend scrollbars to already condemned ones. */
6851 Lisp_Object last
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6853 while (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
))
6854 last
= XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
;
6856 XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6857 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= last
;
6860 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
));
6861 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, Qnil
);
6866 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
6867 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
6870 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
)
6872 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6876 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
6877 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6880 if (!NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6882 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6883 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6884 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6885 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6887 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6889 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6890 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6892 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6893 w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6894 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6896 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6897 one or the other! */
6901 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6903 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6904 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6906 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6908 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6909 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6910 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6911 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6915 if (!NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6917 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6918 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6919 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6920 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6922 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6924 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6925 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6927 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6928 w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6929 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6931 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6932 one or the other! */
6936 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6938 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6939 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6941 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6943 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6944 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6945 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6946 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6950 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
6951 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
6954 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
6956 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
6958 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6960 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
6961 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
6962 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
6964 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
6966 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
6968 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
6971 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
6974 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
6975 and they should get garbage-collected. */
6979 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6980 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
6981 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
6983 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6987 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
6989 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6990 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6991 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6995 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, true);
6997 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
6998 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6999 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
7000 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
7002 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
7003 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
7004 /* x, y, width, height */
7005 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
7007 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
7008 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
7009 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
7010 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
7015 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7017 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
7018 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
7020 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7025 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
7026 const XEvent
*event
,
7027 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
7029 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
7032 emacs_event
->kind
= (bar
->horizontal
7033 ? HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
7034 : SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
);
7035 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
7036 emacs_event
->modifiers
7037 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
7038 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
7039 event
->xbutton
.state
)
7040 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
7043 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
7044 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
7045 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
7046 if (bar
->horizontal
)
7049 = HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
7050 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
- HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
7053 if (x
> left_range
) x
= left_range
;
7056 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
7057 else if (x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7058 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
7060 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
7062 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7063 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
7064 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7066 int new_start
= - bar
->dragging
;
7067 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7069 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7074 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, left_range
);
7075 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, x
);
7080 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
7081 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
7084 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
7087 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7088 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7089 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7091 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7093 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7094 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
7095 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7097 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
7098 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7100 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7105 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
7106 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
7110 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7112 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
7114 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7118 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
7119 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
7121 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
7122 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7124 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
7125 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
7126 f
->mouse_moved
= true;
7128 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
7129 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7131 /* Where should the handle be now? */
7132 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
7134 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
7136 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7138 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7143 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7145 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7146 on the scroll bar. */
7149 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7150 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7151 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7153 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7154 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7155 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7156 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7158 Window dummy_window
;
7160 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7164 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7166 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7168 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7169 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7170 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7172 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7175 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7178 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
7180 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
7182 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7183 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
7187 if (win_y
> top_range
)
7191 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7193 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7194 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7195 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
7196 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7197 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7198 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7200 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7202 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
7203 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
7205 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7206 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7207 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7214 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7215 on the scroll bar. */
7218 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7219 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7220 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7222 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7223 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7224 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7225 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7227 Window dummy_window
;
7229 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7233 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7235 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7237 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7238 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7239 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7241 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7244 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7247 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
7249 win_x
-= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
7251 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7252 win_x
-= bar
->dragging
;
7256 if (win_x
> left_range
)
7260 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7262 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7263 *part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
7264 else if (win_x
< bar
->start
)
7265 *part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
7266 else if (win_x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7267 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7269 *part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
7271 XSETINT (*y
, win_x
);
7272 XSETINT (*x
, left_range
);
7274 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7275 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7276 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7283 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
7284 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
7285 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
7289 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
7291 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7294 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
7295 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
7296 But in that case we should not clear them. */
7297 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
7298 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
7299 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
7300 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7301 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
7303 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7306 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7308 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
7309 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
7311 static int temp_index
;
7312 static short temp_buffer
[100];
7314 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
7315 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
7317 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
7319 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
7321 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
7323 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
7325 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
7326 on a particular display. */
7328 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
7330 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
7331 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
7332 We try all the open displays, one by one.
7333 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
7335 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
7344 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7345 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
7346 EVENT is the X event to filter.
7348 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
7350 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
7354 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
7356 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
7357 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
7358 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
7361 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7362 event
->xclient
.window
);
7364 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
7369 static int current_count
;
7370 static int current_finish
;
7371 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
7373 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
7374 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
7375 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
7376 static GdkFilterReturn
7377 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
7379 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
7382 if (current_count
>= 0)
7384 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7386 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
7389 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7390 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
7391 so we do it here. */
7392 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
7394 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
7397 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7402 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7405 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
7409 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
7413 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
7414 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7416 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
7418 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7421 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
7422 enum xembed_message
,
7423 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
7426 x_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, Window window
)
7428 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
7429 Lisp_Object lval
= Qnil
;
7430 bool sticky
= false;
7432 get_current_wm_state (f
, window
, &value
, &sticky
);
7436 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
7439 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
7442 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
7445 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
7450 frame_size_history_add
7451 (f
, Qx_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
7452 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
7454 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
7455 /** store_frame_param (f, Qsticky, sticky ? Qt : Qnil); **/
7458 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
7460 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
7461 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
7462 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
7463 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
7465 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
7468 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
7469 const XEvent
*event
,
7470 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7472 union buffered_input_event inev
;
7475 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
7476 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
7477 struct coding_system coding
;
7478 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
7479 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
7480 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
7481 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
7482 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
7483 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
7487 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7489 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
7490 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
7493 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
7495 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
7496 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
7498 switch (event
->type
)
7502 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
7503 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
7505 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
7507 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
7508 because this could be the shell widget window
7509 if the frame has no title bar. */
7512 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
7513 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
7514 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
7517 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
7518 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
7519 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
7520 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
7521 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
7524 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
7525 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
7526 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
7527 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
7530 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
7531 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
7532 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
7535 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
7536 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
7537 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
7539 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
7540 /* The ICCCM says this is
7541 the only valid choice. */
7543 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
7544 /* This is needed to detect the error
7545 if there is an error. */
7547 x_uncatch_errors ();
7549 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
7554 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
7556 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
7557 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
7558 the session manager, who's looking for such a
7559 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
7560 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
7561 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
7562 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
7563 session manager and one for this. */
7565 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
7568 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7569 event
->xclient
.window
);
7570 /* This is just so we only give real data once
7571 for a single Emacs process. */
7572 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
7573 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7574 event
->xclient
.window
,
7575 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
7577 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7578 event
->xclient
.window
,
7584 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
7588 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
7590 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
7591 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7598 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
7601 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
7604 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7606 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
7607 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
7611 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
7618 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
7622 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
7623 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
7626 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
7628 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
7629 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
7631 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
7632 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
7633 currently never do because we are interested in
7634 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
7635 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7636 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7639 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
7640 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7644 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7645 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
7646 we construct an input_event. */
7647 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
7649 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7650 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7653 else if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
7655 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7656 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7659 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7661 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
7662 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
7664 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7665 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
7666 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7668 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7672 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7677 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
7678 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7682 case SelectionNotify
:
7683 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.time
);
7684 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7685 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
7687 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7688 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
7691 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
7692 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.time
);
7693 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7694 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
7696 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7698 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
7700 inev
.sie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
7701 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7702 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7703 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7707 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
7708 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.time
);
7709 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7710 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
7712 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7714 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
7716 inev
.sie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
7717 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7718 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
7719 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7720 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
7721 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
7722 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7726 case PropertyNotify
:
7727 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.time
);
7728 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
7729 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
7731 bool not_hidden
= x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
);
7732 if (not_hidden
&& FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7734 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
7735 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
7736 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
7737 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7738 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7739 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7740 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7741 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7743 else if (! not_hidden
&& ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7745 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7746 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7747 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7748 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7752 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
7753 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7756 case ReparentNotify
:
7757 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
7760 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
7761 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
7763 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
7764 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
7765 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
7767 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
7772 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
7775 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
7777 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7778 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7779 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7780 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
7785 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
7786 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
7788 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7789 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7791 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7792 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7797 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7798 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7800 #if defined USE_LUCID
7801 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
7802 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
7803 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
7805 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
7807 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
7809 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
7811 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7812 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
7814 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7815 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
7816 event
->xexpose
.window
, 2);
7819 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
7820 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7823 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7824 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7828 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7829 source area was obscured or not
7831 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
7833 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
7834 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
7835 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
7836 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
7837 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7840 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7843 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7844 source area was completely
7849 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
7850 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
7853 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
7856 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
7857 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
7858 the frame was deleted. */
7860 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
7861 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
7862 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
7863 display that won't ever be seen. */
7864 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7865 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
7866 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
7867 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
7868 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
7869 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
7870 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
7871 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7873 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7874 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7875 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7881 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
7882 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
7883 frame is visible. */
7884 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
7887 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
7889 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
7890 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
7891 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
7892 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
7894 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7895 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7896 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7900 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7901 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7903 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
7904 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
7905 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
7906 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
7909 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
7916 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
7917 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7919 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7920 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
7921 if (popup_activated ())
7927 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
7928 mouse highlighting. */
7929 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
7930 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
7932 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7936 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
7937 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= true;
7940 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7943 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
7944 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
7945 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
7946 event
->xkey
.window
);
7947 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
7949 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
7950 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
7953 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7957 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
7958 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
7959 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
7962 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
7963 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
7964 status_return even if the input is too long to
7965 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
7966 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
7967 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
7968 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
7969 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
7970 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
7971 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
7973 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
7975 /* Event will be modified. */
7976 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
7979 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
7980 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
7981 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
7983 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7986 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
7987 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
7988 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
7990 /* This will have to go some day... */
7992 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
7993 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
7994 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
7995 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
7996 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
7997 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
7998 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
8000 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
8001 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
8002 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
8003 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
8004 not it is combined with Meta. */
8005 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
8006 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8011 Status status_return
;
8013 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
8014 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
8015 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8016 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8018 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
8020 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
8021 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
8022 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
8023 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8024 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8027 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
8028 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
8030 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
8035 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
8036 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
8040 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8041 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8044 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8045 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8049 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
8050 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
8051 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
8054 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8055 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
8057 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
8058 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
8060 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
8061 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
8063 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
8064 translations to characters. */
8065 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
8066 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
8068 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8069 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
8073 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
8074 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
8076 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
8077 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8079 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8080 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
8084 /* Now non-ASCII. */
8085 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
8086 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
8091 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
8092 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8093 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8094 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
8098 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
8099 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
8100 || keysym
== XK_Delete
8101 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8102 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8103 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
8105 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
8106 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
8108 /* This recognizes the "extended function
8109 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
8110 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
8111 mode_switch incorrectly. */
8112 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
8114 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
8115 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
8117 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
8118 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
8120 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
8121 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
8123 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
8124 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
8126 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
8127 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
8129 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
8130 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
8132 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
8133 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
8135 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
8136 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
8138 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
8139 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
8141 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
8142 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
8144 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
8145 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
8147 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
8148 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
8150 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
8151 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
8153 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
8154 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
8155 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
8156 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
8157 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
8158 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
8159 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
8160 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8161 don't have real modifiers but
8162 should be treated similarly to
8163 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
8164 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8165 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
8166 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
8170 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
8171 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
8173 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8174 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
8178 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
8182 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
8184 if (ASCII_CHAR_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
8186 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
8189 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
8191 /* Decode the input data. */
8193 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
8194 which depends on which X*LookupString function
8195 we used just above and the locale. */
8196 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
8197 coding
.src_multibyte
= false;
8198 coding
.dst_multibyte
= true;
8199 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
8200 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
8201 gives us composition information. */
8202 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
8204 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
8206 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
8207 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
8208 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
8209 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
8210 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
8211 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
8214 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
8215 character events. */
8216 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
8219 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
8220 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
8222 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
8223 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
8224 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8225 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8227 kbd_buffer_store_buffered_event (&inev
, hold_quit
);
8232 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
8234 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
8237 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
8238 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
8242 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8243 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8251 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
8253 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8254 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8262 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8263 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8267 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
8268 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
8270 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
8271 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
8272 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
8273 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
8275 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
8276 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
8277 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8278 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8283 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8287 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8288 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8290 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
8293 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8295 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8296 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8297 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8298 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
8301 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
8302 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
8303 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
8304 the mouse leaves the frame. */
8305 if (any_help_event_p
)
8309 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
8310 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8311 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8316 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8321 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.time
);
8322 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
8323 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8325 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8326 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
8328 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
8330 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= false;
8331 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8335 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8341 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
8342 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
8343 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
8345 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
8346 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
8347 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, false);
8349 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
8350 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
8351 will be selected only when it is active. */
8352 if (WINDOWP (window
)
8353 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
8354 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
8355 /* For click-to-focus window managers
8356 create event iff we don't leave the
8358 && (focus_follows_mouse
8359 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
8360 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
8362 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
8363 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
8365 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
8366 last_mouse_window
= window
;
8368 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
8369 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
8373 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8374 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8375 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
8376 event
->xmotion
.window
, 2);
8379 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
8380 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8382 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8383 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8384 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8387 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
8388 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8389 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
8390 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
8395 case ConfigureNotify
:
8396 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
8398 if (f
) x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8403 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8405 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
8406 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
8408 x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8415 x_net_wm_state (f
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
8417 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8418 /* Tip frames are pure X window, set size for them. */
8419 if (! NILP (tip_frame
) && XFRAME (tip_frame
) == f
)
8421 if (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) != event
->xconfigure
.height
8422 || FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) != event
->xconfigure
.width
)
8423 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8424 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.height
;
8425 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.width
;
8429 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8431 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
8432 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
8434 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
8435 is called by the code that handles resizing
8436 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
8438 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
8439 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
8440 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
8441 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
8442 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
8443 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8444 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
8446 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
8447 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8448 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8449 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8451 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8455 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
8456 Only get real positions when mapped. */
8457 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
8458 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
8460 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8463 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
8464 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8473 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8474 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8475 bool tool_bar_p
= false;
8477 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8478 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
8479 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.time
);
8481 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8482 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
8485 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8490 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8491 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8492 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
8493 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
8496 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
8497 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
8499 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, true);
8500 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
8502 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
8503 handle_tool_bar_click
8504 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
8505 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
8507 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
8510 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8511 if (! popup_activated ())
8514 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8516 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
8517 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8519 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8520 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8522 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
8523 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8526 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8528 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8529 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
8530 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8534 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8535 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
8536 event
->xbutton
.window
, 2);
8538 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8539 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
8541 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
8543 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8544 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8546 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8548 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8549 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8552 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
8554 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8555 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
8556 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8557 if (f
&& !tool_bar_p
)
8558 f
->last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
8559 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8562 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8564 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
8565 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
8566 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
8568 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
8570 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8571 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
8572 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
8573 don't pass it to Xt right now.
8574 Instead, save it away
8575 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
8576 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
8577 if (! popup_activated ()
8579 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
8580 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
8582 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
8583 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
8584 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
8585 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
8586 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8587 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
8588 && event
->xbutton
.y
< FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8589 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
8591 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8592 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
8593 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
8594 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
8595 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
8596 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8600 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
8604 case CirculateNotify
:
8607 case CirculateRequest
:
8610 case VisibilityNotify
:
8614 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
8616 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
8618 case MappingModifier
:
8619 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
8620 /* This is meant to fall through. */
8621 case MappingKeyboard
:
8622 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
8627 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
8632 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8634 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
8635 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
8637 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8642 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
8644 kbd_buffer_store_buffered_event (&inev
, hold_quit
);
8649 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
8654 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8660 any_help_event_p
= true;
8661 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
8662 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
8666 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8667 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
8676 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
8677 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
8678 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
8680 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
8682 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
8684 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8685 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
8687 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
8690 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
8695 /* Read events coming from the X server.
8696 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8698 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8699 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
8700 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
8704 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
8707 bool event_found
= false;
8708 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
8712 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
8713 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
8715 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
8716 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
8720 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
8725 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
8728 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
8729 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
8734 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
8736 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8742 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
8743 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
8744 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
8745 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
8747 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
8748 from all displays. */
8750 while (gtk_events_pending ())
8752 current_count
= count
;
8753 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
8755 gtk_main_iteration ();
8757 count
= current_count
;
8759 current_hold_quit
= 0;
8761 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8764 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8766 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
8767 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
8770 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
8771 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
8772 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
8774 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
8778 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
8779 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
8781 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
8783 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
8784 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
8788 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
8789 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
8790 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
8792 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
8793 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
8804 /***********************************************************************
8806 ***********************************************************************/
8808 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
8809 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
8811 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
8812 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
8813 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
8816 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
8817 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
8819 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8820 XRectangle clip_rect
;
8821 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
8823 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
8825 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
8826 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
8827 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
8828 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
8829 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
8831 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
, &clip_rect
, 1);
8835 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
8838 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
8840 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8841 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8842 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8845 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8848 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
8849 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
8850 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8851 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8854 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
8855 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
8856 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1;
8858 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
8859 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
8860 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8861 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
8862 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8864 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8865 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8866 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8868 /* When on R2L character, show cursor at the right edge of the
8869 glyph, unless the cursor box is as wide as the glyph or wider
8870 (the latter happens when x-stretch-cursor is non-nil). */
8871 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8872 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> wd
)
8874 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- wd
;
8878 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
8879 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8880 x_draw_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
8881 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
8885 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
8887 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
8888 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
8889 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
8893 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
8895 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8896 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8898 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
8899 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
8901 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8902 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8905 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
8906 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
8907 the bar might not be in the window. */
8908 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
8910 struct glyph_row
*r
;
8911 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
8912 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8916 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8917 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8918 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8919 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
8920 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
8923 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
8924 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
8925 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
8926 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
8927 that the glyph is legible. */
8928 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
8929 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
8931 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8932 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
8935 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8938 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8939 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
8942 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8944 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
8946 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8949 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
8950 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
8952 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
8954 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
8955 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
8956 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
8957 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
8959 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
8960 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
8961 width
, row
->height
);
8963 else /* HBAR_CURSOR */
8965 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
8966 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8969 width
= row
->height
;
8971 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
8973 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
8974 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
8976 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8977 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1)
8978 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- w
->phys_cursor_width
+ 1;
8979 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
8980 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
8981 row
->height
- width
),
8982 w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1, width
);
8985 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
8990 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
8993 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
8995 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
8996 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
8997 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
8998 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
9002 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
9005 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
9007 x_clear_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
9009 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
9010 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
9011 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
9016 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
9019 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
9020 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
9021 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
9023 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
9027 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
9028 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= true;
9030 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
9031 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
9032 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
9033 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
9035 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= true;
9036 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
9040 switch (cursor_type
)
9042 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
9043 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
9046 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
9047 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
9051 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
9055 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
9059 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
9068 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
9069 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
9070 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
9074 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9080 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
9083 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
9085 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
9087 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9090 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
9091 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
9092 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
9093 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9098 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
9099 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
9100 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
9102 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9103 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
9104 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
9108 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
9109 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
9115 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
9116 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
9118 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
9122 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
9124 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
9126 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9130 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
9133 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
9134 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
9138 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9139 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9143 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
9144 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
9145 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
9146 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
9147 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9149 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
9152 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
9153 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
9159 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
9160 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
9163 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
9165 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9170 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
9171 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
9173 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
9174 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
9177 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
9178 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
9179 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9180 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
9185 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
9187 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
9188 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
9190 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
9191 be called from a signal handler.
9194 struct x_error_message_stack
{
9195 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9197 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
9199 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
9201 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
9202 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
9203 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
9206 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9208 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
9209 x_error_message
->string
,
9210 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9213 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
9214 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
9217 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
9218 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
9219 stored in *x_error_message.
9221 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
9222 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
9224 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
9227 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9229 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
9231 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
9235 data
->string
[0] = 0;
9236 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
9237 x_error_message
= data
;
9240 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
9241 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
9244 x_uncatch_errors (void)
9246 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
9250 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
9251 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
9252 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
9253 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
9255 tmp
= x_error_message
;
9256 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
9261 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
9262 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
9263 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
9266 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
9268 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9271 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
9273 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9274 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9275 x_uncatch_errors ();
9276 error (format
, string
);
9280 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
9281 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9284 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
9286 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9289 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
9292 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9295 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9297 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
9301 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
9302 * idea. --lorentey */
9303 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
9306 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
9308 while (x_error_message
)
9309 x_uncatch_errors ();
9314 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
9317 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
9322 /************************************************************************
9324 ************************************************************************/
9326 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
9328 static char *error_msg
;
9330 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
9331 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
9334 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
, bool ioerror
)
9336 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
9337 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9338 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9340 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
9341 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
9343 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
9344 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
9348 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
9350 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
9351 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
9353 if (ioerror
) dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
9355 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
9356 that are on the dead display. */
9357 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9359 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
9361 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
9362 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9363 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
9364 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
9365 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9366 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9369 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
9370 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
9371 for another frame that we need to delete. */
9372 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9373 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9374 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9376 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
9377 trying to find a replacement. */
9378 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
9379 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9382 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
9383 first place, so don't try to close it. */
9386 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
9387 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
9388 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
9390 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
9391 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
9392 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
9393 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
9394 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
9395 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
9396 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
9397 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
9398 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
9401 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9403 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
9404 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
9406 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9407 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
9408 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
9409 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
9414 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
9415 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
9419 if (terminal_list
== 0)
9421 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
9422 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
9426 totally_unblock_input ();
9428 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
9429 clear_waiting_for_input ();
9431 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
9432 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
9434 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
9435 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
9436 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
9437 error ("%s", error_msg
);
9440 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
9441 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
9442 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
9444 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
9445 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
9448 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9450 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
9451 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
9452 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
9458 if (x_error_message
)
9459 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
9461 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
9465 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
9466 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
9467 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9469 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
9471 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
9472 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
9474 static void NO_INLINE
9475 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9477 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
9479 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
9480 or colors that are not defined. */
9482 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
9485 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
9486 original error handler. */
9488 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
9489 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
9490 buf
, event
->request_code
);
9491 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
, false);
9495 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
9496 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
9497 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9500 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
9504 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server '%s'",
9505 DisplayString (display
));
9506 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
, true);
9510 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
9512 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
9513 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
9514 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
9518 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
9520 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
9521 int unit
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
9524 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
9525 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
9526 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
9527 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
9531 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
9532 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
9533 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
9534 get_font_ascent_descent (font
, &font_ascent
, &font_descent
);
9535 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = font_ascent
+ font_descent
;
9537 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9538 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9541 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
9543 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
9545 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9546 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
9547 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
9548 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9550 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9552 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
9554 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
9555 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
9556 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
9557 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
9558 adjust_frame_size (f
, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
9559 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 3,
9565 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
9568 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
9577 /***********************************************************************
9579 ***********************************************************************/
9585 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
9586 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
9587 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
9590 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9592 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
9593 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9597 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
9598 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9600 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9601 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
9603 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
9604 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
9608 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
9609 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9610 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9614 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
9616 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9617 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
9620 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9628 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9629 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
9636 XIMCallback destroy
;
9639 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
9640 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
9643 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
9644 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
9645 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
9651 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9652 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9656 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9658 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
9659 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
9660 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
9661 when the callback was registered. */
9664 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9666 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
9667 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
9669 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
9673 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9675 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
9676 as they have no XIC. */
9677 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
9679 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
9682 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9684 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9687 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
9688 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
9690 create_frame_xic (f
);
9691 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
9692 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
9693 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
9695 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
9696 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
9705 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9708 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9709 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
9710 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
9711 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
9714 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9716 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9720 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9721 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
9724 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
9725 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
9726 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
9727 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
9728 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9729 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9730 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
9731 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
9732 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9733 eassert (ret
== True
);
9734 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9735 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
9736 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9738 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9742 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
9745 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9750 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9751 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
9753 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9755 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
9756 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9757 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9758 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9759 eassert (ret
== True
);
9761 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9763 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9764 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9765 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9766 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9767 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9769 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9772 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9776 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
9777 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
9780 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
9782 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
9784 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
9785 is already for the top-left corner. */
9786 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
9789 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
9790 position that fits on the screen. */
9791 if (flags
& XNegative
)
9792 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9793 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
9796 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9798 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
9799 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
9800 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
9802 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
9803 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
9804 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
9805 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
9808 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
9809 2000-12-01, gerd. */
9811 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
9814 if (flags
& YNegative
)
9815 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9816 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
9819 /* The left_pos and top_pos
9820 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
9821 so the flags should correspond. */
9822 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9825 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
9826 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
9827 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
9828 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
9829 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
9832 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
9834 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
9836 if (change_gravity
> 0)
9840 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9842 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
9844 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
9845 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9847 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
9850 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
9852 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9853 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9855 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
9857 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
9858 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
9859 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
9860 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
9861 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
9864 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9865 modified_left
, modified_top
);
9867 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
9868 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
);
9870 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
9871 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
9872 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
9873 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
9876 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
9877 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
9878 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
9880 if (change_gravity
!= 0
9881 && (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
9882 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
9883 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
9884 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
9885 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
9890 /* Return true if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
9891 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
9892 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
9893 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9894 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
9897 x_wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
9900 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
9901 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
9903 Window wmcheck_window
;
9904 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9905 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
9906 int max_len
= 65536;
9907 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
9908 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
9909 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
9913 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9914 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
9915 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
9916 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9917 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9918 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9920 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9922 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9923 x_uncatch_errors ();
9928 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
9931 /* Check if window exists. */
9932 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
9934 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9936 x_uncatch_errors ();
9941 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
9943 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
9944 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
9945 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
9946 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
9947 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
9948 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
9950 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
9952 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
9953 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
9954 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9955 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9956 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9958 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9960 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9961 x_uncatch_errors ();
9966 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
9967 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
9968 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
9973 for (i
= 0; !ret
&& i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
9974 ret
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
9976 x_uncatch_errors ();
9983 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, bool add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
9985 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
9987 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9988 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
9990 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
9994 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
9996 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
10001 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
10004 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10006 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10008 set_wm_state (frame
, !NILP (new_value
),
10009 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
10012 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
10013 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
10014 Set *STICKY to the sticky state.
10016 Return true iff we are not hidden. */
10019 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
10025 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
10026 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
10027 bool is_hidden
= false;
10028 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10029 long max_len
= 65536;
10030 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
10031 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
10032 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
10035 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10038 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10039 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
10040 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
10041 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
10042 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
10044 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10046 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
10047 x_uncatch_errors ();
10049 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
10052 x_uncatch_errors ();
10054 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
10056 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
10057 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10059 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10061 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10062 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
10064 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
10066 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10068 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10069 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
10071 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
10073 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10074 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
10075 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10079 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
10081 return ! is_hidden
;
10084 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
10087 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
10089 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10090 bool have_net_atom
= x_wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
10094 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
10096 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
10097 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
10098 if (!have_net_atom
)
10099 have_net_atom
= x_wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
10101 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
10105 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10107 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
10108 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
10109 are sent at once. */
10110 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10112 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10113 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10114 set_wm_state (frame
, true, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10117 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10118 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10120 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10121 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10122 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10123 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10124 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10128 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
10129 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10130 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10131 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10132 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10133 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10134 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10137 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10138 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10140 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10141 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10142 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10143 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10144 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10148 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
10149 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10150 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10151 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
10152 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10153 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10154 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10157 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10158 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10160 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10161 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
10162 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10163 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10164 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10166 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10168 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10169 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10170 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10171 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10172 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10174 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10176 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10177 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10178 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10179 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10180 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10184 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10185 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10187 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10188 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10189 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10190 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10191 set_wm_state (frame
, true, None
,
10192 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10194 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10195 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10196 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10199 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
10200 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10201 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10204 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10205 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10206 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10209 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10213 return have_net_atom
;
10217 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
10219 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10222 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
10230 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
10232 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10234 bool sticky
= false;
10235 bool not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
10240 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10243 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10244 lval
= Qfullheight
;
10246 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10249 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10254 frame_size_history_add
10255 (f
, Qx_handle_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
10256 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
10258 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
10259 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
10264 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
10265 If so needed, resize the frame. */
10267 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
10269 Lisp_Object lval
= Qnil
;
10271 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
10274 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
10275 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
10277 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
10278 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
10279 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
10281 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
10283 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10284 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10286 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10288 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
10289 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10291 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10292 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10294 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10296 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10297 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10299 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10301 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10302 height
= height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10304 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10305 lval
= Qfullheight
;
10306 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10312 frame_size_history_add
10313 (f
, Qx_check_fullscreen
, width
, height
, Qnil
);
10315 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
10317 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10320 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10321 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10324 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
- FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
),
10325 false, true, false, true);
10330 /* `x_net_wm_state' might have reset the fullscreen frame parameter,
10332 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
10335 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
10336 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
10337 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
10338 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
10339 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
10340 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
10341 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
10344 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
10346 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10348 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
10349 window manager window around the frame. */
10351 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10353 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
10355 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
10360 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
10361 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
10362 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
10364 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
10366 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
10367 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
10369 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10370 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
10372 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, false);
10375 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
10376 frame's position. */
10378 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
10382 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
10383 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
10384 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
10385 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
10386 of an exact comparison. */
10389 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, bool fuzzy
)
10393 while (count
++ < 50)
10395 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10397 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
10398 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
10401 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10402 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10406 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
10409 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
10410 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
10413 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
10417 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
10418 will then return up-to-date position info. */
10420 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000000, 0, false, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
10424 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
10426 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
10428 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
10431 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
10432 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10434 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
10436 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
10437 Maybe it should be configurable. */
10438 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10439 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
10441 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
10443 pending_signals
= true;
10444 totally_unblock_input ();
10445 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
10447 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
10452 time_now
= current_timespec ();
10453 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
10456 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
10457 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
10458 break; /* Timeout */
10461 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
10465 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to WIDTH/HEIGHT in the case F
10466 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to
10467 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
10468 size changes. Otherwise leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10471 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10472 int width
, int height
)
10474 int pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
);
10475 int pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
);
10476 int old_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
10477 int old_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10478 Lisp_Object fullscreen
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
);
10480 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
10481 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
10483 /* When the frame is fullheight and we only want to change the width
10484 or it is fullwidth and we only want to change the height we should
10485 be able to preserve the fullscreen property. However, due to the
10486 fact that we have to send a resize request anyway, the window
10487 manager will abolish it. At least the respective size should
10488 remain unchanged but giving the frame back its normal size will
10490 if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullwidth
) && width
== FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
))
10492 frame_size_history_add
10493 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_1
, width
, height
,
10494 list2 (make_number (old_height
),
10495 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10497 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10498 old_width
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10500 else if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullheight
) && height
== FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
))
10502 frame_size_history_add
10503 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_2
, width
, height
,
10504 list2 (make_number (old_width
), make_number (pixelwidth
)));
10506 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10507 pixelwidth
, old_height
);
10512 frame_size_history_add
10513 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_3
, width
, height
,
10514 list2 (make_number (pixelwidth
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
)),
10515 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
10516 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10518 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10519 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10525 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
10526 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
10527 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
10528 we have to make sure to do it here. */
10529 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10531 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
10532 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
10533 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
10534 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
10536 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
10537 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
10538 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
10539 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
10540 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
10542 Pass true for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
10545 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
10546 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
10547 for the ConfigureNotify. */
10548 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10550 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10552 if (!NILP (fullscreen
))
10553 /* Try to restore fullscreen state. */
10555 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10556 x_set_fullscreen (f
, fullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10561 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
10567 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
10568 If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to top-left-corner window gravity
10569 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
10570 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10573 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10574 int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
10578 /* The following breaks our calculations. If it's really needed,
10579 think of something else. */
10581 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
10583 int text_width
, text_height
;
10585 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
10586 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
10587 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
10588 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
10589 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
10590 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
10591 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
10592 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10593 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10594 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
10596 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10598 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
10599 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
10601 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, false, true, false, true);
10605 /* Pixelize width and height, if necessary. */
10608 width
= width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10609 height
= height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
10613 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
10614 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
10616 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10617 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10618 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10619 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
10620 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10622 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
10623 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
10625 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
10626 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
10627 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
10628 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
10629 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
10634 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
10637 frame_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
10641 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
10642 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
10646 /* Raise frame F. */
10649 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10652 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10653 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10654 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10658 /* Lower frame F. */
10661 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10663 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10666 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10667 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10672 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
10675 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
10677 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
10678 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
10679 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10680 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
10681 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
10684 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
10687 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10689 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
10690 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
10692 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10694 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && x_wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
10697 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10698 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
10699 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
10701 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
10706 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, bool raise_flag
)
10714 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10716 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
10718 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10720 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
10723 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
10725 unsigned long data
[2];
10726 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10728 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
10731 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10732 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
10733 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
10735 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
10738 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
10739 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
10743 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
10744 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
10745 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
10746 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
10747 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
10748 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
10749 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
10750 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
10751 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
10753 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
10754 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
10755 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10758 /* Change of visibility. */
10760 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
10761 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
10762 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
10763 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
10764 but it will become visible later when the window manager
10765 finishes with it. */
10768 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
10770 int original_top
, original_left
;
10775 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
10777 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10779 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
10780 call x_set_offset a second time
10781 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
10782 before the window gets really visible. */
10783 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10784 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10785 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
10786 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
10788 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= true;
10790 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
10791 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
10792 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10793 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10794 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10797 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
10798 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10800 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10802 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10803 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
10805 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10806 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10808 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10809 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10810 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10813 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10815 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
10816 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
10817 so that incoming events are handled. */
10820 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
10821 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
10822 will set it when they are handled. */
10823 bool previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
10825 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
10826 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
10828 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
10831 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
10833 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
10834 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
10835 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
10836 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
10838 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
10839 because the window manager may choose the position
10840 and we don't want to override it. */
10842 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
10843 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10844 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10845 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
10846 && previously_visible
)
10850 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
10854 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
10855 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
10856 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
10857 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
10858 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
10859 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
10860 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
10861 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10862 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
10864 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
10865 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10866 original_left
, original_top
);
10871 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10873 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
10874 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10876 /* Force processing of queued events. */
10879 /* If on another desktop, the deiconify/map may be ignored and the
10880 frame never becomes visible. XMonad does this.
10881 Prevent an endless loop. */
10882 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) && ++tries
> 100)
10885 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
10886 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
10888 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
10889 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
10890 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
10891 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
10892 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
10894 if (input_polling_used ())
10896 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
10897 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
10898 handler reset it. */
10899 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
10900 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
10901 poll_for_input_1 ();
10902 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
10905 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
10908 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
10909 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10915 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
10917 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
10920 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
10924 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
10925 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10927 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10928 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
10929 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10933 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
10934 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
10935 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
10936 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
10937 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
10938 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, true);
10941 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
10942 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10945 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10946 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
10951 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
10952 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
10955 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
10959 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
10960 just by the event that we get from the server.
10961 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
10962 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
10963 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
10964 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10965 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
10972 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
10975 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10977 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10981 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10982 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
10983 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10985 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
10990 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
10992 #if defined (USE_GTK)
10993 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
10995 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10996 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10998 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
10999 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11000 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11006 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11008 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11010 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
11011 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
11012 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
11013 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11014 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
11015 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
11016 so we have to record it here. */
11017 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11018 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11023 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
11024 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
11025 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
11029 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
11031 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11032 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11035 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11037 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11039 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
11040 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
11041 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
11042 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
11043 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
11044 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
11046 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
11047 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
11049 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
11050 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
11054 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11055 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
11056 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
11057 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
11058 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
11060 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
11061 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
11063 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
11067 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
11071 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
11073 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
11075 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11077 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
11078 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11081 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11082 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11084 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11086 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11090 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
11093 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
11095 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11096 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
11097 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11099 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
11104 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11105 commands to the X server. */
11106 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
11108 /* Always exit with visible pointer to avoid weird issue
11109 with Xfixes (Bug#17609). */
11110 if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
11111 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, 0);
11113 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
11114 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
11116 free_frame_faces (f
);
11118 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
11119 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
11121 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11122 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
11123 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
11124 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
11125 toolkit scroll bars. */
11126 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
11128 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
11129 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
11135 free_frame_xic (f
);
11138 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
11139 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11140 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11142 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11143 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
11145 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
11146 we are using a toolkit. */
11147 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11148 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11150 free_frame_menubar (f
);
11152 if (f
->shell_position
)
11153 xfree (f
->shell_position
);
11154 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11157 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
11158 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11160 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11161 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11162 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11164 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11165 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11166 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
11167 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
11168 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
11169 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
11171 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
11172 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
11173 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
11174 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
11175 #if defined (USE_LUCID) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
11176 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
11177 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11178 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
11179 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11180 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
11181 #endif /* USE_LUCID && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
11182 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11183 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
11184 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11185 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
11189 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
11190 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
11192 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
11193 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
11195 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
11197 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
11198 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
11201 /* Free cursors. */
11202 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
11203 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
11204 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
11205 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
11206 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
11207 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
11208 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
11209 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
11210 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
11211 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
11212 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11213 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
11214 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11215 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
11217 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11220 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
11221 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
11222 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
11224 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
11225 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
11226 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
11227 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
11228 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
11229 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11230 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
11231 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
11237 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
11240 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
11242 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11244 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11245 commands to the X server. */
11246 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
11247 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
11249 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
11253 /* Setting window manager hints. */
11255 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
11256 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
11257 that the window now has.
11258 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
11259 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
11260 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
11264 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
11266 XSizeHints size_hints
;
11267 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11272 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11273 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11275 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11280 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
11281 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
11283 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
11284 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
11286 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
11287 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
11289 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
11290 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11292 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11293 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11294 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11295 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11297 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
11299 int base_width
, base_height
;
11300 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
11302 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11303 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11305 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
11306 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
11307 frame size very small. */
11309 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
11310 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
11313 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
11314 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
11315 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
11316 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
11317 zero-row, zero-column frame.
11319 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
11320 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
11321 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
11323 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
11324 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
11325 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
11326 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
11327 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11330 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
11333 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11338 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
11339 long supplied_return
;
11342 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
11346 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11351 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
11352 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
11353 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
11354 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
11355 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
11356 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11357 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
11358 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
11365 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
11366 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
11370 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
11371 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11373 #endif /* PWinGravity */
11375 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
11377 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
11379 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
11382 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
11384 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11387 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
11388 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11389 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11390 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11392 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
11393 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
11395 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11396 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11400 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
11402 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
11404 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
11405 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11410 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
11411 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
11412 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
11413 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
11417 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
11425 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
11429 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
11433 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
11434 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11435 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
11436 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11439 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11441 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
11442 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11444 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11448 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
11450 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11452 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
11453 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
11454 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
11456 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11460 /***********************************************************************
11462 ***********************************************************************/
11466 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
11470 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
11472 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
11473 if (font
->driver
->check
)
11474 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
11477 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11480 /***********************************************************************
11482 ***********************************************************************/
11484 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11485 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
11486 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11487 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
11489 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
11490 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11491 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11493 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11494 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11495 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11496 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11497 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11498 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11499 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
11502 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
11504 static bool x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
11506 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11508 static int x_initialized
;
11510 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
11511 the screen number from the server number. */
11513 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
11515 bool seen_colon
= false;
11516 Lisp_Object sysname
= Fsystem_name ();
11517 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (sysname
);
11518 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (sysname
);
11519 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
11521 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
11522 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
11523 length_until_period
++;
11525 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
11526 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
11528 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
11530 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
11531 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11532 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11533 name1
+= system_name_length
;
11534 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11535 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11536 name2
+= system_name_length
;
11537 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
11538 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11539 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11540 name1
+= length_until_period
;
11541 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11542 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11543 name2
+= length_until_period
;
11545 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
11549 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
11553 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
11554 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
11557 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
11558 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
11561 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
11566 while (!(mask
& 1))
11582 /* Return true iff display DISPLAY is available for use.
11583 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
11586 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
11588 /* XOpenDisplay fails if it gets a signal. Block SIGIO which may arrive. */
11589 unrequest_sigio ();
11590 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
11594 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11600 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
11601 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
11603 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
11604 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
11608 /* Create invisible cursor on X display referred by DPYINFO. */
11611 make_invisible_cursor (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11613 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
11614 static char const no_data
[] = { 0 };
11619 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
11620 pix
= XCreateBitmapFromData (dpy
, dpyinfo
->root_window
, no_data
, 1, 1);
11621 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pix
!= None
)
11625 col
.red
= col
.green
= col
.blue
= 0;
11626 col
.flags
= DoRed
| DoGreen
| DoBlue
;
11627 pixc
= XCreatePixmapCursor (dpy
, pix
, pix
, &col
, &col
, 0, 0);
11628 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pixc
!= None
)
11630 XFreePixmap (dpy
, pix
);
11633 x_uncatch_errors ();
11638 /* True if DPY supports Xfixes extension >= 4. */
11641 x_probe_xfixes_extension (Display
*dpy
)
11645 return XFixesQueryVersion (dpy
, &major
, &minor
) && major
>= 4;
11648 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11651 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using Xfixes functions. */
11654 xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11658 XFixesHideCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11660 XFixesShowCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11661 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11664 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11667 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */
11670 x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11672 eassert (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0);
11674 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11675 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
11677 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11678 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
11679 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11682 /* Setup pointer blanking, prefer Xfixes if available. */
11685 x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11687 /* FIXME: the brave tester should set EMACS_XFIXES because we're suspecting
11688 X server bug, see http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=17609. */
11689 if (egetenv ("EMACS_XFIXES") && x_probe_xfixes_extension (dpyinfo
->display
))
11690 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11693 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= x_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11694 dpyinfo
->invisible_cursor
= make_invisible_cursor (dpyinfo
);
11698 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
11699 connection established. */
11700 static unsigned x_display_id
;
11702 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
11703 the structure that describes the open display.
11704 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
11706 struct x_display_info
*
11707 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
11710 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11711 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11717 if (!x_initialized
)
11723 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
11724 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
11728 #define NUM_ARGV 10
11730 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
11731 char **argv2
= argv
;
11734 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
11736 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
11740 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
11741 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
11743 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
11747 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
11749 if (! NILP (display_name
))
11751 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
11752 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
11755 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
11756 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
11758 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11760 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
11761 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
11762 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
11763 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
11765 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
11766 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
11767 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
11769 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
11771 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11772 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
11776 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
11780 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
11782 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
11783 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
11785 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
11786 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
11788 s
= build_string (file
);
11789 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
11791 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
11792 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
11796 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11797 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11800 #else /* not USE_GTK */
11801 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11802 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
11804 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
11805 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
11806 So let's not use it until R6. */
11807 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11808 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
11819 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
11820 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
11822 turn_on_atimers (false);
11823 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11824 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
11825 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
11826 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
11829 turn_on_atimers (true);
11831 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11832 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
11837 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11838 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11839 unrequest_sigio (); // See comment in x_display_ok.
11840 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
11842 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11843 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
11845 /* Detect failure. */
11852 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
11854 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
11855 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
11858 struct x_display_info
*share
;
11860 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
11861 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
11862 SSDATA (display_name
)))
11865 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
11868 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
11870 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
11872 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
11874 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
11875 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
11877 kset_system_key_alist
11879 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
11880 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
11882 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
11883 terminal_list
= terminal
;
11886 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
11887 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
11888 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
11889 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
11890 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
11892 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
11895 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11896 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
11897 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
11899 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
11900 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
11901 dpyinfo
->connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
11903 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
11904 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
11907 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
11910 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
11911 Lisp_Object system_name
= Fsystem_name ();
11912 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (system_name
))
11913 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
11914 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
11915 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
11916 + SBYTES (system_name
) + 2);
11917 char *nametail
= lispstpcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, Vinvocation_name
);
11919 lispstpcpy (nametail
, system_name
);
11921 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
11922 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
11924 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
11926 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
11927 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
11928 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11930 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
11931 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
11933 dpyinfo
->horizontal_scroll_bar_cursor
11934 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_h_double_arrow
);
11936 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
11937 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
11938 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
11939 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
11941 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
11943 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
11945 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
11947 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
11948 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
11949 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
11950 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11951 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11952 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
11953 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
11955 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
11957 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
11958 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
11960 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
11961 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
11962 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
11963 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
11964 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
11965 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
11968 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
11969 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
11971 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
11973 AUTO_STRING (privateColormap
, "privateColormap");
11974 AUTO_STRING (PrivateColormap
, "PrivateColormap");
11976 = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, privateColormap
,
11977 PrivateColormap
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
11978 if (STRINGP (value
)
11979 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
11980 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
11981 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
11985 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11986 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
11990 /* If we are using Xft, the following precautions should be made:
11992 1. Make sure that the Xrender extension is added before the Xft one.
11993 Otherwise, the close-display hook set by Xft is called after the one
11994 for Xrender, and the former tries to re-add the latter. This results
11995 in inconsistency of internal states and leads to X protocol error when
11996 one reconnects to the same X server (Bug#1696).
11998 2. Check dpi value in X resources. It is better we use it as well,
11999 since Xft will use it, as will all Gnome applications. If our real DPI
12000 is smaller or larger than the one Xft uses, our font will look smaller
12001 or larger than other for other applications, even if it is the same
12002 font name (monospace-10 for example). */
12004 int event_base
, error_base
;
12008 XRenderQueryExtension (dpyinfo
->display
, &event_base
, &error_base
);
12010 v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
12011 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
12012 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
12016 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
12018 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12019 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12020 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12021 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
12022 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
12023 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12024 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12025 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
12026 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
12030 static const struct
12035 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
12036 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
12037 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
12038 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
12039 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
12040 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
12041 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
12042 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
12043 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
12044 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
12045 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
12046 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
12047 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
12048 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
12049 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
12050 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
12051 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
12052 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
12053 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
12054 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
12055 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
12056 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
12057 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
12058 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
12059 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
12060 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
12061 /* For properties of font. */
12062 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
12063 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
12064 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
12065 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
12066 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
12067 /* Ghostscript support. */
12068 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
12069 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
12070 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
12071 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("HORIZONTAL_SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
12072 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
12074 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
12075 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
12076 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
12077 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
12078 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
12079 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
12080 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
12081 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
12082 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
12083 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
12084 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
12085 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
12086 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
12087 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
12088 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
12089 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
12090 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
12091 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
12092 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
12093 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
12094 /* Session management */
12095 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
12096 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
12097 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
12101 enum { atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
) };
12102 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN. */
12103 enum { total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
};
12104 Atom atoms_return
[total_atom_count
];
12105 char *atom_names
[total_atom_count
];
12106 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
12107 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
12108 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
12110 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12111 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
12113 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name. */
12114 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
12115 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
12116 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
12118 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
12119 False
, atoms_return
);
12121 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12122 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
12124 /* Manually copy last atom. */
12125 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
12128 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
12129 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
12130 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
12132 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
12133 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
12136 x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo
);
12139 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
12142 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12144 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
12145 if (dpyinfo
->connection
!= 0)
12146 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12149 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
12150 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
12152 if (interrupt_input
)
12153 init_sigio (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12157 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
12160 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
12161 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
12162 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
12163 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
12164 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
12165 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
12166 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
12167 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
12168 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
12170 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
12171 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
12172 /* Do not free XFontStruct returned by the above call to XQueryFont.
12173 This leads to X protocol errors at XtCloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12174 x_uncatch_errors ();
12178 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
12179 for debugging X code. */
12181 AUTO_STRING (synchronous
, "synchronous");
12182 AUTO_STRING (Synchronous
, "Synchronous");
12183 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, synchronous
,
12184 Synchronous
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
12185 if (STRINGP (value
)
12186 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12187 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12188 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
12192 AUTO_STRING (useXIM
, "useXIM");
12193 AUTO_STRING (UseXIM
, "UseXIM");
12194 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, useXIM
, UseXIM
,
12197 if (STRINGP (value
)
12198 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
12199 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
12202 if (STRINGP (value
)
12203 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12204 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12210 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
12211 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
12212 tty or started as a daemon. */
12213 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && ! IS_DAEMON
)
12214 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12218 x_extension_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12226 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
12227 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
12230 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12232 struct terminal
*t
;
12233 struct color_name_cache_entry
*color_entry
, *next_color_entry
;
12235 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
12237 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
12238 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
12241 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
12242 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
12243 x_session_close ();
12245 delete_terminal (t
);
12249 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
12250 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12252 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
12253 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12256 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
12258 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
12259 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
12260 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
12263 for (color_entry
= dpyinfo
->color_names
;
12265 color_entry
= next_color_entry
)
12267 next_color_entry
= color_entry
->next
;
12268 xfree (color_entry
->name
);
12269 xfree (color_entry
);
12272 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
12273 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
12274 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
12278 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12280 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
12281 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
12282 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
12283 that slows us down. */
12286 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
12289 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= false;
12290 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
12292 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
12293 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
12294 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
12295 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
12300 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
12301 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
12302 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
12303 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
12304 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
12305 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
12306 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
12309 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
12312 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
12314 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
12315 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
12316 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= true;
12321 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12324 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
12326 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
12328 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
12332 x_clear_end_of_line
,
12334 x_after_update_window_line
,
12335 x_update_window_begin
,
12336 x_update_window_end
,
12338 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
12339 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
12340 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
12341 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
12343 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap
,
12344 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap
,
12346 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
12347 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
12349 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
12350 x_draw_glyph_string
,
12351 x_define_frame_cursor
,
12352 x_clear_frame_area
,
12353 x_draw_window_cursor
,
12354 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
12355 x_draw_window_divider
,
12356 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
, /* Never called; see comment in function. */
12362 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
12364 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
12366 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
12368 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
12369 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
12370 if (!terminal
->name
)
12375 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
12378 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
12381 /* Normally, the display is available... */
12382 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12384 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
12385 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
12387 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
12388 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
12389 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
12390 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
12392 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
12393 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
12394 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
12395 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
12396 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
12397 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
12398 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
12399 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
12400 leaks in other situations. */
12402 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
12403 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
12405 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
12407 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
12408 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
12409 closing all the displays. */
12410 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
12414 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
12416 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12417 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12419 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12421 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
12422 /* Do not close the connection here because it's already closed
12423 by X(t)CloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12424 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
12427 /* ...but if called from x_connection_closed, the display may already
12428 be closed and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. Since
12429 X server is most likely gone, explicit close is the only reliable
12430 way to continue and avoid Bug#19147. */
12431 else if (dpyinfo
->connection
>= 0)
12432 emacs_close (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12434 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
12435 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12436 /* Mark as dead. */
12437 dpyinfo
->connection
= -1;
12439 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
12443 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
12444 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
12446 static struct terminal
*
12447 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12449 struct terminal
*terminal
;
12451 terminal
= create_terminal (output_x_window
, &x_redisplay_interface
);
12453 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
12454 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
12456 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
12458 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
12459 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
12460 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
12461 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
12462 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
12463 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
12464 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
12465 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
12466 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
12467 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
12468 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
12469 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
12470 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
12471 terminal
->menu_show_hook
= x_menu_show
;
12472 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
12473 terminal
->popup_dialog_hook
= xw_popup_dialog
;
12475 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
12476 terminal
->set_horizontal_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar
;
12477 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
12478 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
12479 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
12480 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
12481 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
12482 /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */
12488 x_initialize (void)
12493 any_help_event_p
= false;
12494 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
12497 current_count
= -1;
12500 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
12501 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
12503 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12504 XtToolkitInitialize ();
12506 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
12508 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
12509 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
12510 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
12511 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
12512 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
12513 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
12514 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
12516 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
12519 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12521 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
12522 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
12527 x_cr_init_fringe (&x_redisplay_interface
);
12530 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
12531 original error handler. */
12532 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
12533 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
12540 /* Emacs can handle only core input events, so make sure
12541 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
12542 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
12547 syms_of_xterm (void)
12549 x_error_message
= NULL
;
12551 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
12552 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
12555 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
12556 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
12558 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
12561 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
12562 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
12563 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
12564 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
12565 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
12566 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
12567 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
12569 x_use_underline_position_properties
= true;
12571 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
12572 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
12573 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
12574 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
12575 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
12576 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
12577 x_underline_at_descent_line
= false;
12579 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
12580 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
12581 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
12582 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
12583 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
12584 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
12585 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
12586 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
12587 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= false;
12589 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
12590 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
12591 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
12592 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
12593 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
12594 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
12595 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12597 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
12598 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
12599 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
12601 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
12603 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
12606 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
12609 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
12610 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
12611 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
12612 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
12613 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
12614 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
12615 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
12616 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
12617 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
12619 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
12620 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
12621 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12622 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
12623 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
12624 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
12626 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
12627 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
12628 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12629 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
12630 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
12631 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
12633 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
12634 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
12635 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12636 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
12637 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
12638 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
12640 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
12641 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
12642 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12643 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
12644 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
12645 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
12647 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
12648 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
12649 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
12650 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
12651 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
12654 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-frame-normalize-before-maximize",
12655 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
,
12656 doc
: /* Non-nil means normalize frame before maximizing.
12657 If this variable is t, Emacs first asks the window manager to give the
12658 frame its normal size, and only then the final state, whenever changing
12659 from a full-height, full-width or full-both state to the maximized one
12660 or when changing from the maximized to the full-height or full-width
12663 Set this variable only if your window manager cannot handle the
12664 transition between the various maximization states. */);
12665 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
= false;